TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE

For Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi

TCO SE
Issued 02 Revision 06
CASR part 141 Amendment 4 2017
3rd September 2021

Jl. Pantai Blimbingsari Komplek Bandara Udara Banyuwangi Kel. Blimbingsari Kec.
Rogojampi Banyuwangi (68462)
Phone :(0333) 630-456, Fax : (0333) 630-723
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE PREFACE

PREFACE

This Training Course Outline is a guideline to ensure compliance with the training sections
of the Civil Aviation Safety Regulations (CASR) Part 141 Amendment 4. The manual will
specify course objectives established by the company and meet or exceed the course
content, time allotment.

The course guidelines contained in this manual are designed to ensure the required
elements of the training syllabus are being taught. Each individual instructor is not allowed
to develop and present the material consistent with their personal technique and style. The
company has provided “on the self” course outlines and lesson plans to be used for
specific aircraft type rating.

1) The training programs contained in this manual are designed to ensure that all
persons who receive training acquire the level of competence necessary to
perform his or her assigned duties.
2) Manuals, if applicable, shall be provided during training to each trainee on the
subject matter to be taught.
3) Training aids such as aircrafts, flight training devices / AATD, aircraft components,
flight kits, etc, shall be available relevant to the program being presented.
4) Comprehensive examinations as applicable shall be used to validate the
competence of the trainee at the completion of the initial and recurrent phases of
training. On courses of training such as practical demonstrations, where
examinations are not practical, an alternate method of establishing the trainee’s
comprehension will be used. Alternate methods will be described in the course
description or syllabus and in every cases, the trainee’s competence shall be
certified. After being scored, all exams will include a process of correction and
review with the trainee. Pass or fail of the examination shall be based upon the
initial score prior to any correction.
Except where specified, all exams shall require a minimum standard of 75% to be
assessed as a pass. Technical examinations will be reviewed and updated periodically.

Banyuwangi, September 3rd, 2021

AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA BANYUWANGI

Capt. Ahmad Hariri, St, S.SiT, M.Si

Head of Pilot School

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Preface Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE
TRANSMITTAL LETTER
OUTLINE

TRANSMITTAL LETTER
To : All Holders of API Banyuwangi’s TPM
Subject : - TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE PPL
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE CPL
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE IR
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FIC
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FIRC
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE PILOT REFRESHER
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE MILITARY ENDORSE
- TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FOREIGN ENDORSE
Issued : 02
Revision : 06
Dated : September 3rd, 2021

This is the complete issued September 3rd, 2021of the API Banyuwangi’s TCO.
1. Present holders are reminded that:
2. As a holder, you have great responsibility to follow and conduct all training and safety
environment as being laid down in this Training Course Outline.
3. You have responsibility for keeping updating the manual continuously.
4. All subsequent communication on matters pertaining to reissued 01 will be through the
medium of TRANSMITTAL LETTER and HOLDING COMMENT FORM.
5. To provide a quick reference you must file the latest transmittal letter at the front of each
copy.
6. To ensure the completeness of each copy, you must check its pages against the latest LIST
OF EFFECTIVE PAGES.

Banyuwangi, September 3rd, 2021

AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA BANYUWANGI

Capt. Ahmad Hariri, St, S.SiT, M.Si

Head of Pilot School

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: TL - 1 Issued 02

Revision 06
 HOLDER COMMENT
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FORM

HOLDER COMMENT FORM

Dear Readers,
API Banyuwangi is pleased to send you a copy of the TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
SINGLE ENGINE.
We welcome your comments related to the subject matter covered in this Manual for
possible amendments in the coming issues. When reporting a specific problem, please
describe it briefly and include the chapter, paragraph or figure number and the page
number, and every comment will not necessarily generate a direct acknowledgement to the
commenter.
Send your comments to: CHIEF QUALITY and CHIEF ASSURANCE

Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi

Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi
Jl. Pantai Blimbingsari Kec. Blimbingsari
BANYUWANGI, JAWA TIMUR 68462
Phone : (0333) 630-456
Fax : (0333) 630-723
Email : info@icpa-banyuwangi.ac.id
Website : www.icpa-banyuwangi.ac.id

Banyuwangi, September 3rd, 2021

AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA BANYUWANGI

Capt.Demmy Setyo Wiyono Capt. Radika Vatarutama

Chief Quality Control Chief Quality Assurance

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: HCF - 1 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE
RECORD OF REVISIONS
OUTLINE

RECORD OF REVISIONS

Retain this record in the front of the manual. On receipt of revision, insert revised
pages in the manual and enters the revision number, issue date, insertion date, and name
or initials and signature of person incorporating the revision, in the appropriate block on the
revision record.

Revision
Issued Issue Date Insert Date Authorized Remark
Number
August Chief QC -
01 00 Original
13rd, 18 and Chief CA
rd rd
01 Nov13 , 18 Nov13 , Chief QC List Of Instructor, Pre-
18 and Chief CA Requirements PPL & CPL.
02 January January Chief QC List Of Instructor, Flight Training
st st
21 , 19 21 , 19 and Chief CA Instrument Rating Syllabus,
02 00 July 17th, July 17th, Chief QC Logo, Organization name,
2019 2019 and Chief CA Temporary of Revisions, List of
Instructor, Flight Training
Endorsement, Check Ride PPL and
CPL
01 October October Chief QC Table of Content,
28th, 2019 28th, 2019 and Chief CA
02 Feb 28th, Feb 28th, Chief QC Assistant Chief, List of Ground
2020 2020 and Chief CA Instructor and Flight Instructor,
Student Pilot Enrollment
03 July 14th, July 14th, Chief QC Distribution list, Airport Facilities,
2020 2020 and Chief CA List of Flight Instructor, List of
Check Instructor, List of Ground
Instructor
04 January January Chief QC Table of Content,
th th
4 , 2021 4 , 2021 and Chief CA List of Instructor, Change of
Syllabus (PPL, CPL, IR, FIC, FIRC,
Foreign, Military, Pilot Refresher),
Pre-requisite Foreign course,
Additional Cessna 172 Class
Rating & G1000. Reference
Handbook.
05 April 27th, April 27th, Chief QC Head of Pilot School, Chief Quality
2021 2021 and Chief CA Assurance
06 September September Chief QC Ground Instructional Facilities, List
3rd, 2021 3rd, 2021 and Chief CA Of Flight Instructor Single Engine,
Dual Short Cross Country & Dual
Long Cross Country

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page – ROR.1 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE TEMPORARY REVISION
OUTLINE RECORD

TEMPORARY REVISION RECORD

Retain this record in the front of the manual. On receipt of revision, insert revised
pages in the manual and enters the revision number, issue date, insertion date, and name
or initials and signature of person incorporating the revision, in the appropriate block on the
temporary revision record.

Temporary Issue Date Insert Date Authorized Remark

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page – TRR.1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date
th
Manual Cover Page PPL 9 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
Preface Revision 05 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 10 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
rd
TL - 1 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 PPL 11 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
HCF - 1 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 12 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CP - 1 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 13 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
ROR - 1 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 14 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
TRR - 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 15 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
LEP - 1 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 16 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
LEP - 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 17 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
LEP - 3 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 18 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
rd
LEP - 4 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 PPL 19 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
rd th
LEP - 5 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 PPL 20 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
LEP - 6 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 21 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
LEP - 7 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 22 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
DL - 1 Revision 03 July 14 , 2020 PPL 23 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
TOC - 1 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 24 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
TOC - 2 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 25 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
TOC - 3 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 26 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
TOC - 4 Revision 04 th
Jan 4 , 2021 PPL 27 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
TOC - 5 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 PPL 28 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
TOC - 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 29 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
TOC - 7 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 30 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
TOC - 8 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 31 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
TOC - 9 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 32 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
D&A - 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 33 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
D&A - 2 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 34 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
D&A - 3 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 PPL 35 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
D&A - 4 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 36 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
D&A - 5 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 37 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
D&A - 6 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 PPL 38 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
D&A - 7 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 39 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
D&A - 8 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 40 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 1 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 41 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 PPL 42 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
PPL 3 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 PPL 43 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 4 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 44 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 5 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 45 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 46 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 7 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 PPL 47 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 8 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 PPL 48 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-1 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date
th
PPL 49 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 CPL 25 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 50 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 26 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 51 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 CPL 27 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 52 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 CPL 28 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 53 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 CPL 29 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
PPL 54 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 CPL 30 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 55 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 31 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 56 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 32 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 57 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 33 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 58 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 34 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 59 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 35 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
PPL 60 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 36 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
PPL 61 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 CPL 37 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
PPL 62 Revision 02 th
Feb 28 , 2020 CPL 38 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
PPL 63 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 CPL 39 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
PPL 64 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 40 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
PPL 65 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 41 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
PPL 66 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 42 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 43 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 CPL 44 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 3 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 45 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
th
CPL 4 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 CPL 46 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 5 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 47 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 48 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
th rd
CPL 7 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 CPL 49 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021
CPL 8 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 50 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 9 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 51 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 10 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 52 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 11 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 53 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
th
CPL 12 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 CPL 54 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 13 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 55 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 14 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 56 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 15 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 57 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 16 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 CPL 58 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 17 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 59 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 18 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 60 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 19 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 61 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
th
CPL 20 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 CPL 62 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 21 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 63 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 22 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 64 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 23 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 65 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 24 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 CPL 66 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-2 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date
rd
CPL 67 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 68 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 3 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
CPL 69 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 4 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 70 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 5 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 71 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
rd
CPL 72 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 7 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 73 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 8 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 74 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 9 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 75 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 10 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 76 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 11 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
CPL 77 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 12 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 78 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 13 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
rd th
CPL 79 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 14 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021
rd
CPL 80 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 15 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 81 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 16 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 82 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 17 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 83 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 18 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 84 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 19 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 85 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 20 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
rd
CPL 86 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 21 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 87 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 22 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
rd
CPL 88 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 23 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 89 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 24 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 90 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 25 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
rd rd
CPL 91 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 26 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021
CPL 92 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 27 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 93 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 28 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 94 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 29 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 95 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 30 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
rd
CPL 96 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 IR 31 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 97 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 32 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 98 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 33 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 99 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 34 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 100 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 35 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 101 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 36 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 102 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 IR 37 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 103 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 FIC 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
rd
CPL 104 Revision 06 Sept 3 ,2021 FIC 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
CPL 105 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 FIC 3 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
CPL 106 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 FIC 4 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
CPL 107 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 FIC 5 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
IR 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FIC 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-3 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date
th
FIC 7 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 REF 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIC 8 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 REF 7 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 9 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 REF 8 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 10 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 REF 9 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIC 11 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 REF 10 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FIC 12 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 REF 11 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIC 13 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 14 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
th
FIC 15 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 MIL 3 Revision 03 July 14th, 2020
FIC 16 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 4 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIC 17 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 5 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 18 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 6 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
FIC 19 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 MIL 7 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
th
FIC 20 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 MIL 8 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 21 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 9 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIC 22 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 10 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 23 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 11 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 24 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 12 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 25 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 13 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 26 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 14 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 27 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 15 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FIC 28 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 MIL 16 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 29 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 17 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIC 30 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 18 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
FIC 31 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 MIL 19 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
FIC 32 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 20 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 21 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 MIL 22 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 3 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 23 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FIRC 4 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 MIL 24 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIRC 5 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 25 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 26 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 7 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 27 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 8 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 28 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 9 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 29 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FIRC 10 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 30 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FIRC 11 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 31 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
REF 1 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 MIL 32 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
REF 2 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 MIL 33 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
REF 3 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 34 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
REF 4 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 MIL 35 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
REF 5 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 MIL 36 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-4 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date
th
MIL 37 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 9 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 38 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 10 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 39 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 11 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 40 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 12 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
MIL 41 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 13 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
th
MIL 42 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 14 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 43 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 15 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 44 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 16 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 45 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 17 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 46 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 FOR 18 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 47 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 19 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 48 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 20 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
MIL 49 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 21 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
th
MIL 50 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 22 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 51 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 FOR 23 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 52 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 24 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 53 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 25 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 54 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 26 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 55 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 27 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 56 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 28 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 57 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 29 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
MIL 58 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 30 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 59 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 31 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 60 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 32 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
MIL 61 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 33 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
MIL 62 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 34 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 63 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 35 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 64 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 36 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 65 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 37 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
MIL 66 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 38 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 67 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 39 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
MIL 68 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 FOR 41 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 69 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 42 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
MIL 70 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 FOR 43 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 44 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 2 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 FOR 45 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FOR 3 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021 FOR 46 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
th
FOR 4 Revision 03 July 14 , 2020 FOR 47 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 5 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 48 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 6 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 FOR 49 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 7 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 50 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 8 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 51 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-5 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date
th
FOR 52 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 94 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 53 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 95 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 54 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 96 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 55 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 97 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 56 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 98 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FOR 57 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 FOR 99 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 58 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 100 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FOR 59 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 101 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 60 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 FOR 102 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FOR 61 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 1 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 62 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 2 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 63 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 3 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 64 Revision 02
th
Feb 28 , 2020 APX 4 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FOR 65 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 APX 5 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
FOR 66 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 6 Revision 06 Sept 3rd,2021
FOR 67 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 APX 7 Revision 03 July 14th, 2020
FOR 68 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 8 Revision 03 July 14th, 2020
FOR 69 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 9 Revision 03 July 14th, 2020
FOR 70 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 10 Revision 03 July 14th, 2020
FOR 71 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 11 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021
FOR 72 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 12 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FOR 73 Revision 04 Jan 4 , 2021 APX 13 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 74 Revision 04 Jan 4th, 2021 APX 14 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 75 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 15 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th th
FOR 76 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 APX 16 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020
FOR 77 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 17 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 78 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 18 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 79 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 19 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 80 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 20 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FOR 81 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 APX 21 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 82 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 22 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 83 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 23 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 84 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 24 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 85 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 25 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 86 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 26 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 87 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 27 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 88 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 28 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
th
FOR 89 Revision 02 Feb 28 , 2020 APX 29 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 90 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 30 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 91 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 31 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 92 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020 APX 32 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020
FOR 93 Revision 02 Feb 28th, 2020

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-6 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE LIST OF EFFECTIVE
OUTLINE PAGE

Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date Page No. Rev. No. Issue Date

CHIEF QUALITY CONTROL CHIEF QUALITY ASSURANCE PRINCIPAL TRAINING INSPECTOR

Capt.Demmy Setyo Wiyono Capt. Radika Vatarutama Capt. Inton Cokronegoro, S.T., M.T.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: LEP-7 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE DISTRIBUTION LIST

DISTRIBUTION LIST

DISTRIBUTION /
TCO NUMBER LOCATION REMARK
HOLDERS

TCO SE 01 DGCA Jakarta Master

TCO SE 02 Library Banyuwangi Master

TCO SE03 Head of Pilot School Banyuwangi Softcopy &Hardcopy
Softcopy &Hardcopy
TCO SE 04 Chief Instructor Banyuwangi
Softcopy & Hardcopy
TCO SE 05 Chief Quality Banyuwangi
Softcopy & Hardcopy
TCO SE 06 Chief Assurance Banyuwangi
Asst Chief Instructor Softcopy & Hardcopy
TCO SE 07 Banyuwangi
Standard
Softcopy & Hardcopy
TCO SE 08 Chief Maintenance Banyuwangi
Hardcopy
TCO SE 09 Flops Banyuwangi Banyuwangi
Hardcopy
TCO SE 10 Flops Sumenep Sumenep
Hardcopy
TCO SE 11 Flops Sumbawa Sumbawa

Date: July 14th, 2020 Page: DL - 1 Issued 02

Revision 03
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

PREFACE PREFACE
TRANSMITTAL LETETR TL - 1
HOLDER COMMENTS FORM HCF - 1
RECORD OF REVISION ROR - 1
TEMPORARY REVISION RECORD TRR - 1
APPROVAL DGCA APPROVAL
CONTROL PAGE CP - 1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGE LEP - 1
DISTRIBUTION LIST DL - 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1
DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATIONS D&A - 1

CHAPTER CONTENTS PAGE

1 PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE PPL 1
1.1 ABOUT PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE PPL 1
1.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi PPL 1
1.1.2 Course title PPL 1
1.1.3 Experience Requirements PPL 1
1.1.4 Pre-requirements PPL 1
1.1.5 Course Objective PPL 1
1.1.6 Completion Standard PPL 2
1.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities PPL 2
1.1.8 Airport PPL 2
1.1.9 Airport Facilities PPL 2
1.1.10 Airplane PPL 2
1.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor PPL 3
1.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor PPL 3
1.1.13 Instructor PPL 3
1.1.14 List Of Instructor PPL 3
1.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
PPL 4
Training
1.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives PPL 4
1.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard PPL 4
1.2.3 Ground PPL Syllabus PPL 4
1.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
PPL 17
Training
1.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment
PPL 17

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 1 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

1.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective PPL 17

1.3.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD) PPL 17
1.3.4 Training PPL Syllabus PPL 18
1.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK PPL 63
1.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE PPL 64

2 COMMERCIAL PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE CPL 1

2.1 ABOUT COMMERCIAL PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE CPL 1
2.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi CPL 1
2.1.2 Course title CPL 1
2.1.3 Experience Requirements CPL 1
2.1.4 Pre-requirements CPL 1
2.1.5 Course Objective CPL 1
2.1.6 Completion Standard CPL 1
2.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities CPL 2
2.1.8 Airport CPL 2
2.1.9 Airport Facilities CPL 2
2.1.10 Airplane CPL 2
2.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor CPL 2
2.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor CPL 3
2.1.13 Instructor CPL 3
2.1.14 List Of Instructor CPL 3
2.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
CPL 4
Training
2.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives CPL 4
2.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard CPL 4
2.2.3 Ground CPL Syllabus CPL 4
2.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
CPL 15
Training
2.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment CPL 15
2.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective CPL 15
2.3.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD) CPL 15
2.3.4 Training CPL Syllabus CPL 16
2.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK CPL 104
2.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE CPL 105

3 INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE IR 1

3.1 ABOUT INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE IR 1

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 2 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

3.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi IR 1

3.1.2 Course title IR 1
3.1.3 Experience Requirements IR 1
3.1.4 Pre-requirements IR 1
3.1.5 Course Objective IR 1
3.1.6 Completion Standard IR 1
3.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities IR 2
3.1.8 Airport IR 2
3.1.9 Airport Facilities IR 2
3.1.10 Airplane IR 2
3.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor IR 2
3.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor IR 3
3.1.13 Instructor IR 3
3.1.14 List Of Instructor IR 3
3.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
IR 4
Training
3.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives IR 4
3.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard IR 4
3.2.3 Ground IR Syllabus IR 4
3.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
IR 11
Training
2.3.5 Student Pilot Enrollment IR 11
2.3.6 Flight Training Course Objective IR 11
2.3.7 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD) IR 11
2.3.8 Training IR Syllabus IR 12
3.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK IR 33
3.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE IR 34

4 FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION COURSE FIC 1

4.1 ABOUT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION COURSE FIC 1
4.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi FIC 1
4.1.2 Course title FIC 1
4.1.3 Experience Requirements FIC 1
4.1.4 Pre-requirements FIC 1
4.1.5 Course Objective FIC 1
4.1.6 Completion Standard FIC 1
4.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities FIC 2

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 3 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

4.1.8 Airport FIC 2

4.1.9 Airport Facilities FIC 2
4.1.10 Airplane FIC 2
4.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor FIC 2
4.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor FIC 3
4.1.13 Instructor FIC 3
4.1.14 List of Instructor FIC 3
4.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
FIC 4
Training
4.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives FIC 4
4.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard FIC 4
4.2.3 Ground FIC Syllabus FIC 4
4.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
FIC 10
Training
6.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment FIC 10
6.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective FIC 10
6.3.3 Training FIC Syllabus FIC 10
4.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK FIC 30
4.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE FIC 31

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER CERTIFICATION

5 FIRC 1
COURSE
5.1 ABOUT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER
FIRC 1
CERTIFICATION COURSE
5.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi FIRC 1
5.1.2 Course title FIRC 1
5.1.3 Experience Requirements FIRC 1
5.1.4 Pre-requirements FIRC 1
5.1.5 Course Objective FIRC 1
5.1.6 Completion Standard FIRC 1
5.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities FIRC 2
5.1.8 Airport FIRC 2
5.1.9 Airport Facilities FIRC 2
5.1.10 Airplane FIRC 2
5.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor FIRC 2
5.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor FIRC 3
5.1.13 Instructor FIRC 3
5.1.14 List of Instructor FIRC 3
5.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
FIRC 4
Training
Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 4 Issued 02
Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

5.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives FIRC 4

5.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard FIRC 4
5.2.3 Ground FIRC Syllabus FIRC 4
5.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
FIRC 8
Training
5.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment FIRC 8
5.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective FIRC 8
5.3.3 Training FIRC Syllabus FIRC 8
5.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK FIRC 9
5.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE FIRC 10

6 PILOT REFRESHER COURSE REF 1

6.1 ABOUT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER
REF 1
CERTIFICATION COURSE
6.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi REF 1
6.1.2 Course title REF 1
6.1.3 Experience Requirements REF 1
6.1.4 Pre-requirements REF 1
6.1.5 Course Objective REF 1
6.1.6 Completion Standard REF 2
6.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities REF 2
6.1.8 Airport REF 2
6.1.9 Airport Facilities REF 2
6.1.10 Airplane REF 2
6.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor REF 3
6.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor REF 3
6.1.13 Instructor REF 3
6.1.14 List Of Instructor REF 3
6.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
REF 4
Training
6.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives REF 4
6.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard REF 4
6.2.3 Ground REFRESHER Syllabus REF 4
6.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
REF 7
Training
6.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment REF 7
6.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective REF 7
6.3.3 Training REFRESHER Syllabus REF 8
6.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK REF 9

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 5 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

6.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE REF 10

7 MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE REF 7

7.1 ABOUT MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE MIL 1
7.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi MIL 1
7.1.2 Course title MIL 1
7.1.3 Experience Requirements MIL 1
7.1.4 Pre-requirements MIL 1
7.1.5 Course Objective MIL 2
7.1.6 Completion Standard MIL 2
7.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities MIL 2
7.1.8 Airport MIL 2
7.1.9 Airport Facilities MIL 2
7.1.10 Airplane MIL 3
7.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor MIL 3
7.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor MIL 3
7.1.13 Instructor MIL 3
7.1.14 List Of Instructor MIL 3
7.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
MIL 4
Training
7.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives MIL 4
7.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard MIL 4
7.2.3 Ground MILITARY PPL Syllabus MIL 4
7.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
MIL 10
Training
7.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment MIL 10
7.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective MIL 10
7.3.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD) MIL 10
7.3.4 Simulator MILITARY PPL Syllabus MIL 11
7.3.5 Flight MILITARY PPL Syllabus MIL 16
7.4 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
MIL 24
Training
7.4.1 Ground Training Course Objectives MIL 24
7.4.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard MIL 24
7.4.3 Ground MILITARY CPL Syllabus MIL 24
7.5 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
MIL 30
Training
7.5.1 Student Pilot Enrollment MIL 30
7.5.2 Flight Training Course Objective MIL 30

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

7.5.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD) MIL 30

7.5.4 Simulator MILITARY CPL Syllabus MIL 31
7.5.5 Flight MILITARY CPL Syllabus MIL 36
7.6 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
MIL 46
Training
7.6.1 Ground Training Course Objectives MIL 46
7.6.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard MIL 46
7.6.3 Ground MILITARY IR Syllabus MIL 46
7.7 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
MIL 52
Training
7.7.1 Student Pilot Enrollment MIL 52
7.7.2 Flight Training Course Objective MIL 52
7.7.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD) MIL 52
7.7.4 Simulator MILITARY IR Syllabus MIL 53
7.7.5 Flight MILITARY IR Syllabus MIL 58
7.8 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK MIL 68
7.9 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE MIL 69

8 ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT COURSE FOR 1

8.1 ABOUT ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN
FOR 1
PILOT COURSE
8.1.1 Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi FOR 1
8.1.2 Course title FOR 1
8.1.3 Experience Requirements FOR 1
8.1.4 Pre-requirements FOR 2
8.1.5 Course Objective FOR 3
8.1.6 Completion Standard FOR 3
8.1.7 Ground Instructional Facilities FOR 3
8.1.8 Airport FOR 3
8.1.9 Airport Facilities FOR 3
8.1.10 Airplane FOR 4
8.1.11 Chief Flight Instructor FOR 4
8.1.12 Assistant Chief Flight Instructor FOR 4
8.1.13 Instructor FOR 4
8.1.14 List Of Instructor FOR 4
8.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
FOR 5
Training
8.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives FOR 5
8.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard FOR 5

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 7 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

8.2.3 Ground FOREIGN PPL Syllabus FOR 5

8.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
FOR 14
Training
8.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment FOR 14
8.3.2 Flight Training Course Objective FOR 14
8.3.3 Satisfied Flight FOREIGN PPL Syllabus FOR 14
8.3.4 Unsatisfied Flight FOREIGN PPL Syllabus FOR 24
8.4 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
FOR 38
Training
8.4.1 Ground Training Course Objectives FOR 38
8.4.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard FOR 38
8.4.3 Ground FOREIGN CPL Syllabus FOR 38
8.5 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
FOR 47
Training
8.5.1 Student Pilot Enrollment FOR 47
8.5.2 Flight Training Course Objective FOR 47
8.5.3 Satisfied Flight FOREIGN CPL Syllabus FOR 47
8.5.4 Unsatisfied Flight FOREIGN CPL Syllabus FOR 55
8.6 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Ground
FOR 66
Training
8.6.1 Ground Training Course Objectives FOR 66
8.6.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard FOR 66
8.6.3 Ground FOREIGN IR Syllabus FOR 66
8.7 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – Flight
FOR 75
Training
8.7.1 Student Pilot Enrollment FOR 75
8.7.2 Flight Training Course Objective FOR 75
8.7.3 Satisfied Flight FOREIGN IR Syllabus FOR 75
8.7.4 Unsatisfied Flight FOREIGN IR Syllabus FOR 84
8.8 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK FOR 100
8.9 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE FOR 101
1

APPENDIX 1. Answer sheet examination APX 1

2. Student Attendance List APX 2
3. Learning Activity APX 3
4. Written Test Result APX 4
5. List Of Instructor APX 5
a. List of Flight Instructor (FI) APX 5
b. List of Check Instructor APX 7

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 8 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TABLE OF CONTENT

c. List of Ground Instructor APX 8

6. Flight Training Report – PPL General Handling APX 12
7. Flight Training Report – PPL Visual Navigation Section APX 13
8. Flight Training Report – PPL Night Flying APX 14
9. Flight Training Report – Final Qualifying PPL APX 15
10. Flight Training Report – CPL Basic Instrument Flying APX 16
11. Flight Training Report – CPL Night Flying APX 17
12. Flight Training Report – CPL Commercial Visual
APX 18
Navigation
13. Flight Training Report – CPL Final Gereal Handling APX 19
14. Flight Training Report – IR Attitide Instrument Flying APX 20
15. Flight Training Report – IR Applied Procedures and
APX 21
Airways Navigation
16. Flight Training Report – Final Qualifying Test CPL+IR APX 22
17. Flight Training Report – Flight Instructor Course Stage APX 23
18. Flight Training Report – Flight Instructor Refresher Course
APX 24
Stage
19. Flight Training Report – Pilot Refresher Course APX 25
20. Flight Training Report – Military Endorsement Pilot PPL APX 26
21. Flight Training Report – Military Endorsement Pilot CPL/IR APX 27
22. Flight Training Report – Assessment Endorsement Foreign
APX 28
Pilot PPL
23. Flight Training Report – Assessment Endorsement Foreign
APX 29
Pilot CPL/IR
24. Flight Training Report – Endorsement Foreign Pilot PPL APX 30
25. Flight Training Report – Endorsement Foreign Pilot CPL/IR APX 31
26. Flight Training Report / Flight Comment APX 32

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: TOC - 9 Issued 02

Revision 04
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

DEFINITION AND ABBREVIATION

Head of Pilot School.
The head of Pilot School who has corporate authority for ensuring that all training
commitments can be financed and carried out to the standard required by the DGCA,
and any additional requirements defined by the Pilot School Akademi Penerbang
Indonesia. The accountable manager may delegate to another person within the
organization the day-to-day management but not the overall approval management
responsibility.
Advisory Circular (AC)
Advisory Circularmean DGCA guidance methods compliance with regulations.
Aircraft
Aircraft means a device that is used or intended to be used for flight in the air.
Airplane
Airplane means an engine driven fixed wing aircraft heavier than air that is supported
in flight by the dynamic reaction of the air against its wings
Airport
Airportmeans an area of land or water that is used or intended to be used for the
landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any.
Air Traffic Control
Air Traffic Control means a service operated by appropriate authority to promote the
safe, orderly, and expeditious flow of air traffic.
Airworthiness Directive (AD)
Airworthiness Directive (AD) means the legally enforceable rules that apply to the
following products: aircraft, aircraft engines, propellers, and appliances.
Alternate aerodrome.
An aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceed when it becomes either impossible or
inadvisable to proceed to or to land at the aerodrome of intended landing. Alternate
aerodromes include the following:
Alternate airport
Alternate airportmeans an airport at which an aircraft may land if a landing at the
intended airport becomes inadvisable.
Take-off alternate.
An alternate aerodrome at which an aircraft can land should this become necessary
shortly after take-off and it is not possible to use the aerodrome of departure.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

En-route alternate.
An aerodrome at which an aircraft would be able to land after experiencing an
abnormal or emergency condition while en route.
Destination alternate.
An alternate aerodrome to which an aircraft may proceed should it become either
impossible or inadvisable to land at the aerodrome of intended landing.
Adequate Alternate Airport/Aerodrome
Alternate Airport/AerodromeIs one at which landing performance requirements can
be met and has the necessary facilities and services.
Altitude.
The vertical distance of a level, a point or an object considered as a point, measured
from mean sea level (MSL).
Approved training.
Training conducted under special curricula and supervision approved by a DGCA.
Apron.
ApronA defined area, on a land aerodrome, intended to accommodate aircraft for
purposes of loading or unloading passengers, mail or cargo, fuelling, parking or
maintenance.
Assistance Chief Instructor
An appropriate who designated by authority to help Chief instructor to control and take
responsibility on sattelite based.
Brake horsepower
Brake horsepowermeans the power delivered at the propeller shaft (main drive or
main output) of an aircraft engine.
Congested area.
In relation to a city, town or settlement, any area which is substantially used for
residential, commercial or recreational purposes.
Controlled aerodrome.
An aerodrome at which air traffic control service is provided to aerodrome traffic.
Chief Instructor
An appropriatewho designated by authority to control and take responsibility of ground
and flight training activity.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 2 Issued 02

Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

Dual instruction time.

Flight time during which a person is receiving flight instruction from a properly
authorized pilot on board the aircraft.
Finding.
A finding is a conclusion by the Pilot School audit personnel that demonstrates
nonconformity with a specific standard.
Flight plan
Flight Plan means specified information, relating to the intended flight of an aircraft,
that is filed orally or in writing with air traffic control.
Flight time
Flight Timemeans:
(1) Pilot time that commences when an aircraft moves under its own power for the
purpose of flight and ends when the aircraft comes to rest after landing; or
(2) For a glider without self-launch capability, pilot time that commences when the
glider is towed for the purpose of flight and ends when the glider comes to rest
after landing
Flight Training Device (FTD)
Flight Training Device (FTD) means a replica of aircraft instruments, equipment,
panels, and controls in an open flight deck area of an enclosed aircraft flight deck
replica. It includes the equipment and computer programs necessary to represent
aircraft (or set of aircraft) operations in ground and flight conditions having the full
range of capabilities of the systems installed in the device as described in CASR part
60 Synthetic Training Devices.
Human performance
Human capabilities and limitations which have an impact on the safety and efficiency
of aeronautical operations.
IFR
The symbol used to designate the instrument flight rules.
IFR conditions
IFR conditions means weather conditions below the minimum for flight under visual
flight rules.
Incident
An occurrence, other than an accident, associated with the operation of an aircraft
which affects or could affect the safety of operation.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

Instrument
Instrument means a device using an internal mechanism to show visually or aurally
the attitude, altitude, or operation of an aircraft or aircraft part. It includes electronic
devices for automatically controlling an aircraft in flight.
Maintenance
Maintenance means inspection, overhaul, repair, preservation, and the replacement of
parts, but excludes preventive maintenance.
Medical Certificate
Medical Certificate means acceptable evidence of physical fitness on a form
prescribed by the Administrator.
Pilot-in-command
The pilot designated by the operator, or in the case of general aviation, the owner, as
being in command and charged with the safe conduct of a flight or the person who: A
pilot assigned to act as the Captain of an aircraft.
(1) Has final authority and responsibility for the operation and safety of the
flight;CASR PART 1, Rev. 1/Mei 2006 54
(2) Has been designated as pilot in command before or during the flight; and (3) Holds
the appropriate category, class, and type rating, if appropriate, for the conduct of
the flight.
Pilot Not Flying (PNF)
The pilot who is performing tasks during flight time, in support of the pilot flying.
Pilot Proficiency Check (PPC)
A flight check performed in whole or in part, in an aeroplane type simulator or an
aircraft. Conducted by a GCP, CCP, or DGCP for the purpose of establishing the level
of proficiency, of a flight crewmember.
Prohibited area
An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a
State, within which the flight of aircraft is prohibited.
a) requires hospitalization for more than 48 hours, commencing within seven
days from the date the injury was received; or
b) results in a fracture of any bone (except simple fractures of fingers, toes or
nose); or c) involves lacerations which cause severe haemorrhage, nerve, muscle
or tendon damage; or
d) involves injury to any internal organ; or

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 4 Issued 02

Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

e) involves second or third degree burns, or any burns affecting more than 5 per
cent of the body surface; or
f) involves verified exposure to infectious substances or injurious radiation.
Precision approach procedure
Precision approach procedure means a standard instrument approach procedure in
which an electronic glide slope is provided, such as ILS.
Policy
PilocyA document containing the organization’s position or stance regarding a specific
issue.
Procedure
A way of documenting a process.
Process
A set of interrelated or interacted activities which transform inputs into outputs.
Quality
The totality of features and characteristics of a product or service that bear on its
ability to satisfy stated or implied needs.
Quality assurance
All the planned and systematic actions necessary to provide adequate confidence that
all training activities satisfy given standards and requirements, including the ones
specified by the approved training organization in relevant manuals.
Quality audit
A systematic and independent examination to determine whether quality activities and
related results comply with planned arrangements and whether these arrangements
are implemented effectively and are suitable to achieve objectives.
Quality control
The operational techniques and activities that are used to fulfil requirements for
quality.
Quality inspection
That part of quality management involving quality control. In other words, inspections
accomplished to observe events/actions/documents, etc., in order to verify whether
established operational procedures and requirements are fulfilled during the
accomplishment of the event or action, and whether the required standard is
achieved. Student stage checks and skill tests are quality inspections, and they are
also quality control functions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 5 Issued 02

Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

Quality system
The organizational structure, procedures, processes and resources needed to
implement quality management.
Quality of training
The outcome of the training that meets stated or implied needs within the framework
of set standards.
Rest period
The period of time during which a crewmember is released form all official duty or
contact by the company. This period must exclude all time spent commuting by the
most direct route, between the company designated rest facility and assigned duty
station and, a specified period of prone rest with at least one additional hour provided
for physiological needs.
Restricted area
An airspace of defined dimensions, above the land areas or territorial waters of a
State, within which the flight of aircraft is restricted in accordance with certain
specified conditions.
Serious incident
An incident involving circumstances indicating that an accident nearly occurred.
Special VFR conditions
mean meteorological conditions that are less than those required for basic VFR flight
in controlled airspace and in which some aircraft are permitted flight under visual flight
rules.
Special VFR operations
means aircraft operating in accordance with clearances within controlled airspace in
meteorological conditions less than the basic VFR weather minima. Such operations
must be requested by the pilot and approved by ATC.
Special VFR flight
A VFR flight cleared by air traffic control to operate within a control zone in
meteorological conditions below VMC.
Takeoff safety speed
means a referenced airspeed obtained after liftoff at which the required one engine
inoperative climb performance can be achieved
VFR
The symbol used to designate the visual flight rules.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 6 Issued 02

Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

VFR flight
A flight conducted in accordance with the visual flight rules.

Visibility
Visibility for aeronautical purposes is the greater of:
a) the greatest distance at which a black object of suitable dimensions, situated
near the ground, can be seen and recognized when observed against a bright
background;
b) the greatest distance at which lights in the vicinity of 1 000 candelas can be
seen and identified against an unlit background.
Visual approach procedure
A series of predetermined manoeuvres by visual reference, from the initial approach
fix, or where applicable, from the beginning of a defined arrival route to a point from
which a landing can be completed and thereafter, if a landing is not completed, a go-
around procedure can be carried-out.
Visual meteorological conditions (VMC)
Meteorological conditions expressed in terms of visibility, distance from cloud, and
ceiling, equal to or better than specified minima.
AA : Authorization and Approval
AAIP : Approved Aircraft Inspection Program
AATD : Advanced Aviation Training Devices
AC : Advisory Circulars
AD : Airworthiness Directives
AFIS : Aerodrome Flight Information Service
ATC : Air Traffic Control
ATIS : Automatic Terminal Information Service
API : Akademi Penerbang Indonesia
BMKG : Badan Meteorologi, Klimatologi dan Geofisika
CASR : Civil Aviation Safety Regulation
CI : Chief Instructor
CM : Chief Maintenance
CPL : Commercial Pilot License
CV : Curriculum Vitae
DGCA : Directorate General Civil Aviation
DF : Dual Flight
th
Date: February 28 , 2020 Page: D&A - 7 Issued 02
Revision 02
 DEFINITION AND
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
ABBREVIATION

DL : Distribution List
FI : Flight Instructor
GI : Ground Instructor
HCM : Holder Comments Form
ICAO : International Civil Aviation Organizations
IFR : Instrument Flight Rules
ILS : Instrument Landing System
IR : Instrument Rating
LOI : List of Instructor
MFD : Multifunction Flight Display
SEIR : Single Engine Instrument Rating
NAV : Navigation
NCC : Navigation Cross Country
PFD : Primary Flight Display
PLB : Pilot Log Book
PIM : Pilot’s Information Manual
POH : Pilot’s Operation Handbook
PPL : Private Pilot License
PPSDMPU : Pusat Pengembangan Sumber Daya Manusia Perhubungan
Udara
QC : Quality Control
QA : Quality Assurance
SPL : Student pilot License
TCO : Training Course Outline
TPM : Training Procedure Manual
UTC : Coordinated Universal Time
VFR : Visual Flight Rules
WBF : Weight and Balance Form

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: D&A - 8 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1. PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE

1.1 ABOUT PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE

1.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA
Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara
Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa
Timur 68462 as home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo
Airport Sumenep,

1.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Private Pilot Certification Course Land Class Rating.

1.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Private Pilot Certification Course

Curriculum Include:
1) 264 hours of ground training
2) 45 hours of flight training
3) 10 hours of simulator flight training

1.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Private Pilot Certification Course Curriculum

Include:
1) Be at least 17 year of age for PPL Stage;
2) Min TOIEC 500, or have such operating limitations placed on his pilot
license as are necessary for the safe operation of aircraft, to be removed
when he shows that he can read, speak and understand the English
language;
3) A person must hold a student pilot license and current second-class
medical certificate before enrolling flight phase of the private pilot
certification course

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Private Pilot
Certification Course contained in Appendix B of CASR 141. These curriculum
contents are intended to parallel the Private Pilot Certification Course
Practical Test Standards.

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and a
flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

1.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for a Private
Pilot Certification Course.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 1 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the
knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain a Private
Pilot Certification Course.

1.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Private Pilot Certification Course ground
training at Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis
Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462. It consist of 3
(three) classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m
x 4,85m for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms
at Hangar Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a
maximum of 12 students. The room is also equipped with stationery,
white board, chairs, tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and health
codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will not be
distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

1.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

1.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the API
Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside
Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located
next to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters
square and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning
purpose. In front of the briefing room has 3 tall chairs for student waiting.
The Flight Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF
radio communication transceiver for the Flight Following.

1.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.8.4)
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 2 Issued 02
Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Chief Flight Instructor for this course is Capt. Biyan Barlian.

1.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

1.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial
Pilot License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be the
holder of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category rating,
Instrument Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer to
Instructor Level (Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be have
Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which approved by
Associated Regulator.

1.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 5 Training Course Outline

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE LAND CLASS RATING COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 264 HOURS

1.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 141xB.3.(b) For a Private Pilot
Certification Course.

1.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xB.3.(b) for Private Pilot
Certification Course.

1.2.3 GROUND PPL SYLLABUS

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

PPL Air Law and Aeronautical Information Publication ALP 16.00

General Navigation NAV 24.00

Flight Planning FPP 16.00

Meteorology MET 16.00

Radio Communication Procedure or Radio RAT 40.00

Telephony
Aircraft Performance & Weight and Balance APW 16.00

Principle of Flight POF 16.00

Aerodynamics AER 16.00

Power Plant PPT 16.00

Airframe and Aircraft System AAS 16.00

Aircraft Instrument AIT 16.00

Human Performance and Limitations HPL 16.00

Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

TOTAL 264.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 4 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.2.3.1 Air law and Aeronautical Information Publication

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

INTRODUCTIONS
1.  CASR Part 61 General regulation for pilot licensing 04.00
 Applicable Civil Aviation Safety Regulations for private pilot
privileges, limitations, and flight operations
2  Private pilot privileges and limitation 04.00

 General Operating and Flight rules

3 04.00
 Accident reporting requirements of the National Transportation
Safety Committee
 Applicable subjects of the "Aeronautical Information
4 Publication" and the appropriate DGCA advisory circulars 04.00
 Written Test by Instructor
TOTAL HOURS 16.00

1.2.3.2 General Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Introduction to Navigation 01.00

2. The Earth 01.00

3. Introduction to Charts 01.00

4. Navigation Computer I 02.00

5. Navigation Computer II 02.00

6. In-flight Navigation Procedures 02.00

7. Practical Charts Exercises 03.00

8. Aeronautical Charts 02.00

9. Use of Radio Navigation 02.00

10. Plotting position lines in flight 02.00

11. Time 02.00

12. Sunrise, Sunset and Twilight 02.00

13 Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 5 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.2.3.3 Aerodynamic
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Forces Acting on the aircraft 02.00

2. Wingtip vortices 01.00

3. Ground Effect 02.00

4. Axis of an aircraft 01.00

5. Moment and moment arm 01.00

6. Aircraft design characteristic 01.00

7. Aerodynamic forces in flight maneuvers 01.00

8. Stall awareness, spin entry, spins, and spin recovery techniques 01.00

9. Basic Propeller Principles 01.00

10. Load Factors 01.00

11. Weight and Balance 01.00

12. High Speed Flight 01.00

13. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

1.2.3.4 Radio Telephony

 Theory 20 hours

NO SYLLABUS HOURS

1 DEFINITION OF ANNEX 10 VOLUME 02

a. Aeronautical Broadcasting Service
b. Aeronautical Fixed Service
c. Aeronautical Mobile Service
d. Aeronautical Radio Navigation Service 01.00
e. Aerodrome Control Radio Station
f. Aeronautical Station
g. Aircraft Station
h. Radio Telephony Network
i. Network Station

Date: January4th, 2021 Page: PPL 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

j. Communication Centre
k. Air-Ground Communication
l. Air to Ground Communication
m. Ground to Air Communication
n. Blind Transmission
o. Read Back
p. Primary Frequency
q. Secondary Frequency
2 CHAPTER 5 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE SERVICE – VOICE COMM.
 General 01.00
 Categories of Message
 Cancellation of Message (Complete and Incomplete Transmission)
3 RADIO COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES
a. Language to be used
b. Word Spelling in Radio Telephony
c. Transmission of Numbers 01.00
d. Verification of Numbers
e. Pronunciation of Numbers
f. Transmitting Technique
4 PHRASES

 Acknowledge  Correction  Re cleared

 Affirm  Disregard  Report
 Approved  Go Ahead Request
 Break  How do you Read  Roger
03.00
 Break – break  I Say Again Maintain  Say Again
 Cancel  Monitor  Speak
 Check  Negative Slower
 Cleared  Over  Standby
 Confirm  Out  Unable
 Contact  Read Back  Wilco
 Correct  Word Twice
5 COMPOSITION OF MESSAGE

 CALL
 TEXT
02.00
CALLING

 Call Sign for Aeronautical Station

 Call Sign for Aircraft-Full and Abbreviated
 Call and Reply Procedure

Date:January4th, 2021 Page: PPL 7 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

6 RT PROCEDURE

 Procedures for Changing aircraft callsign

 Procedures of Transmit Direct to Aircraft on Final

ESTABLISHMENT OF RADIO TELEPHONY COMMUNICATION

 General Call
 Uncertain Identification of Calling Station 02.00
 Procedure of Transmit of Message without waiting for a reply from
The Station Called

SUBSEQUENT RT COMMUNICATION

 Abbreviated Radio Telephony Call Sign

 Continuous two way Communication
 Procedure for Read Back ATC Clearance

7 INDICATION OF TRANSMITTING FREQUENCY

 Aeronautical Station guards more than one Frequency (HF)

 VHF Communication Channel

01.00
TEST PROCEDURE (RADIO CHECK)

 Form of Test Transmission

 Readability Scale
 Practical test Procedure HF & VHF Frequency

8 EXCHANGE OF COMMUNICATION

a. Acknowledge of Receipt
b. Acknowledge of position report & other Flight Progress report
c. Acknowledge of position report & other Info (Weather)

CORRECTION AND REPETITION

9  Correction
 Repeating the entire message by phrase „Correction, I say Again‟ 02.00
01.00
 Transmit of important element of the message twice
 Requesting repetition either in Full of in part
 Checking the correctness of read back

ESTABLISHMENT & ASURANCE OF COMMUNICATION

 Communication watch /Hours of service

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 8 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

 Procedures for continuously guard the VHF Emer Freq 121.5 MHz

PRINCIPLE OF NETWORK OPERATION (HF COMMUNICATION)

 Radio Telephony network Station SEA 3

 Regular Station
 Primary Guard

10 FREQUENCY TO BE USED 02.00

ESTABLISHMENT OF COMMUNICATION

11  Direct Communication to Air Ground Control radio station

 Use any relay means available to transmit message
01.00

TRANSFER OF HF COMMUNICATON

TRANSFER OF VHF COMMUNICATION

COMMUNICATION FAILURE
 Air Ground
 Receiver Failure
Ground to Air
12 SELCAL PROCEDURES
01.00
 General
 PRE-FLIGHT check
 Establishment of Communication
 En-route Procedures
13 DISTRESS & URGENCY RT COMM. PROCEDURES
02.00
 General
 Radio Telephony Distress Communication
 Radio Telephony Urgency Procedures
TOTAL 20.00

 Practical 20 Hours

NO SYLLABUS HOURS

1 CIRCUIT TRAINING WIRIADINATA AIRPORT 03.00

a. Runway Number
b. Taxi way and Holding Point Runway
c. Circuit Pattern (Left Pattern & Right Pattern)
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 9 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

d. Comm. Practical (1 session takes 20 minutes for each student)

2 AREA TRAINING 03.00

a. Area Boundary
b. Standard Departure and Standard Entry
c. Comm. Practical (1 session takes 20 minutes for each student)

3 CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT TRAINING 04.00

a. VFR Route
b. ATS unit along the Route
c. Comm. Practical (1 session takes 20 minutes for each student)

4 SIMULATION OF 5 AIRCRAFT AT WIRIADINATA AIRPORT 03.00

a. Runway Number
b. Taxi way and Holding Point Runway
c. Circuit Pattern (Left Pattern & Right Pattern)
d. Standard Departure and Standard Entry
e. Comm. Practical (1 session takes 40 minutes for 5 student)

5 ENROUTE PRACTICAL FOR KESPEN EXAMS (2 PROBLEM) 07.00

a. Layout Bandung and Halim Airport

b. ATS Route
c. Airspace Structure and ATS Unit
d. Procedure AFIS
e. Comm. Practical (1 session takes 30 minutes for each student)

20.00
TOTAL

1.2.3.5 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.  INTRODUCTION FLIGHT PLAN 08.00

 FLIGHT PLAN FOR CROSS-COUNTRY
a. Navigation Plans
b. Fuel Plan
c. Radio Communication Navigation Aid
2. ATS FLIGHT PLAN 03.00

a. Types of Flight Plan

b. Completing the Flight Plan
c. Filling the Flight Plan

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 10 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

d. Adherence to Flight Plan

e. Closing Flight Plan
3. AERONAUTICAL CHARTS FOR VFR NAVIGATION USING 03.00
PILOTAGE, DEAD RECKONING, AND NAVIGATION SYSTEMS

a. Charts Preparation
b. Navigation Flight Plan
c. Simple Fuel Plan
4. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

1.2.3.6 Meteorology

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. The Atmosphere layer 01.00

2. Temperatures and Moisture 01.00

3. Pressure & Pressure Systems 01.00

4. Stability and lapse rates 01.00

5. Aircraft Icing 02.00

6. Atmosphere Stability 01.00

7. Collision avoidance, and recognition and avoidance of wake 02.00

turbulence

8. Aviation weather forecast and weather briefings 02.00

9. Thunderstorms and windshear 01.00

10. Air masses and Fronts 01.00

11. Recognition of critical weather situations from the ground and in flight, 01.00
windshear avoidance, and the procurement and use of aeronautical
weather reports and forecasts

12. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 11 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.2.3.7 Aircraft Performance Weight and Balance

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Importance of performance data; 01,00

2. Structure of the atmosphere 01,00

3. Atmospheric pressure 01,00

4. Pressure altitude 01,00

5. Effects of density altitude on takeoff and climb performance 01,00

6. Safe and efficient operation of Aircraft 02,00

7. Performance speed 02,00

8. Performance charts 01,00

9. Climb requirement 01,00

10. Weight and balance computations 01,00

11. Balance, stability and center of gravity 01,00

12. Determining loaded weight and CG 01,00

13. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

1.2.3.8 Principle of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Atmosphere 03,00

2. Theories in the production of lift 04,00

3. Airfoil design 04,00

4. A third dimension 03,00

5. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 12 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.2.3.9 Power Plant

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Propellers (fixed pitch; controllable) 06,00

2. Reciprocating airplane engine (construction features; principle of 04,00

operation – four stroke cycle;
3 Fuel system, including carburetors and fuel injectors; lubrication system; 04.00
ignition system; engine instruments; operating limitations)
4. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16,00

1.2.3.10 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Airplane hydraulic system (principle of hydraulics; use of hydraulics in 04,00

airplanes; construction features of simple airplane hydraulic system;
retractable landing gear and flap; malfunction and remedial action)
2. Airplane electrical system fundamental of electricity; operation of 04,00
airplane electrical power system units; electrically operated flight
instrument; retractable landing gear; wing flaps; leading edge device
and spoiler; fuses and circuit breaker; malfunction and remedial action
3. Maintenance requirement and appropriate record 03,00

4. Airplane structures (construction feature flight control system; rigging) 03,00

5. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

1.2.3.11 Aircraft Instrument

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Pitot static system and instrument (airspeed indicator, including 06,00

markings; altimeter and altitude encoder; vertical speed indicator, anti-
ice and de-ice system; malfunctions and remedial actions).

2. Vacuum system and instruments (altitude indicator; heading indicator; 04,00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 13 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

turn and slip indicator).

3. Magnetic compass (errors in the magnetic compass; use of the 04,00

magnetic compass)

4. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

1.2.3.12 Human Performance and Limitation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Basic Health 01.00

2. 01.00
Health, fitness and hygiene

3. Hyperventilation 01.00

4. 01.00
Atmospheric pressure change

5. 01.00
Basic knowledge of the anatomy of the ear

6. 01.00
Vision, spatial, disorientation, illusions

7. 01.00
Motion sickness

8. 01.00
Acceleration “G” Effect

9. 01.00
Toxic Hazards

10. 01.00
The atmosphere and associated problems

11. 01.00
Hypoxia

12. 01.00
Human factor consideration

13. 01.00
Principles of first aid and survival

14. 01.00
Aeronautical decision making and judgment

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 14 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

15. 01.00
Threat and error management

16. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 16.00

1.2.3.13 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include PRE-FLIGHT action: 03.00

 Information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 Plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be
completed or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

1.2.3.14 GARMIN G - 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 15 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 16 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE
FLIGHT TRAINING: 45 Hours
SIMULATOR TRAINING: 10 Hours

1.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Private Pilot
Certification Course:
1) Complete ground PPL test from DGCA
2) Hold at least as current second-class medical certificate issued Part 67
of the CASRs.
3) Hold Student Pilot License.

1.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to meet
the requirements for a Private Pilot Certification Course with an airplane
category rating and single-engine land class rating.

1.3.3 Use of Flight Training Devices (FTD)

Flight Training Devices (FTDs) may be used for some of the Single Engine
flight training time that is required CASR Part 141, Appendix B. Training in a
flight simulator may be credited for maximum of initial 20 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this section,
whichever is less. Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi used RedBird
FMX and ALSim 172 in this TCO.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 17 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.3.4 Curriculum Training PPL Stage

Flight Training PPL Syllabus

STAGE CODE DUAL SOLO AATD TOTAL

HRS HRS HRS HRS

PPL General Handling GH 16.00 11.00 07.00 37.00

General or Basic GI 01.00 02.00 01.00 04.00

Instrument

Cross Country XC 03.00 06.00 02.00 11.00

Night Flying NF 03.00 - - 03.00

Preparation of PPL DPC 02.00

Check

PPL Company Check DCC 01.00

TOTAL 26.00 19.00 10.00 55.00

Note:
1. General Handling include preparation for PPL check.
2. Pre-solo stage limitatioin hours up to 20 flight hours.
3. PPL stage up to max 60 flight hours.

1.3.4.1 AATD Training Syllabus

Before flight training the student must complete minimum 3 hours in AATD

AATD

SECTION CURICULLUM HOURS

AATD 01 Ground handling procedures and effect control

a) Internal features;
b) Pre-start checks, using expended checklist;
c) Starting and after starting procedures;
d) Taxiing, Pre-departure procedures; 01,00
e) Procedures for handling over / taking over control;
f) Primary effect of control;
g) Effect of airspeed and slipstream on controls; and ancillary
control.
AATD 02 Basic flight maneuvers and Stalling
a) Integrated flight system using external visual and flight 01,00
instrument reference;
b) Use of control to maneuver the aircraft on to desired flight
Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 18 Issued 02
Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

path;
c) Straight and level flight;
d) Changing speed, power, attitude, and configuration in level
flight.
e) Pre-stalling checks;
f) Flight at low air speed;
g) Full stall and recovery;
h) Use of control during recovery;
i) Approach to stall in landing configuration.
j) Approach to stall and full stall with bank
AATD 03 Normal and alternative climb and descent procedures
a) Recommended power and IAS for normal climb;
b) Descending, En-route climb;
c) Best rate and angle of climb speed; 01,00
d) En-route descent, Approach descent;
e) Emergency descent procedures
AATD 04 Turns and 45 degrees bank turns (steep turns)
a) Orientation and lookout;
b) Level turns, not exceeding standard rate inboth direction;
c) Climbing turns, Descending turns;
d) Tur Coordination of control during entry; 01,00
e) Maintaining the turn;
f) Coordination of control during recovery;
g) Visual and instrument references;
h) Recovery from spiral dive.ns in various configurations,
simulating circuit procedures.
AATD 05 Normal, crosswind take-off and landing,
a) Circuit RTF procedure:
b) Position and procedure at holding point;
c) Take-off and initial climb; 01,00
d) Circuit; and Final approach;
e) Control after landing.
f) Taking off with cross wind;
g) Landing Normal or with cross wind.
AATD 06 Cross country flight:
WADY- WARR-WADY and WADY – WART - WADY
a) Pre-flight preparation for VFR cross country;
b) Flight procedure;
c) Landing at unfamiliar aerodrome;
d) Return flight over same route 2,00
e) Radio Communication
f) Mapping VFR Route
g) Plotting and Flight Computer for Navigation
h) Check VFR Point
AATD 07 Engine failure during and after take-off: 01,00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 19 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

a) Action following engine failure;

b) Glide attitude and speed;
c) Choice of landing area;
d) Action after landing.
AATD 08 Engine failure during and after take-off: 01,00

a) Action following engine failure;

b) Glide attitude and speed;
c) Choice of landing area;
d) Action after landing.
AATD 09 Alternative landing and Go around procedures
a) Glide approach and landing;
b) Flapless landing.
c) RTF procedure; 01,00
d) Missed approach procedure;
e) Go around from unsafe landing;
f) Touch and go landing
AATD 10 Pre-solo revision and final pre-solo check:
a) Review all exercise;
b) Check of student training record to ensure that all listed pre
solo exercises have been completed;
c) Final check of consistent standard of ability; 01,00
d) Demonstrate emergency procedure prior to being sent
solo;
e) At least three consecutive safe circuits and landings, go
around from low level, handling of engine failure after take-
off.

STAGE AATD 01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the simulator training, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, use of checklist, and safety
precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
INTRODUCTION AATD
Ground handling procedures and effect control
a) Internal features;
b) Pre-start checks, using expended checklist;
c) Starting and after starting procedures;
AATD
d) Taxiing, Pre-departure procedures; 01,00
01
e) Procedures for handling over / taking over
control;
f) Primary effect of control;
g) Effect of airspeed and slipstream on controls;
and ancillary control.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 20 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE AATD 02
Stage Objective: The student will receive instruction and review on basic flight maneuvers.
Instruction in pre stalling and stall recovery and level-off procedure will be given

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

Basic flight maneuvers and Stalling

a) Integrated flight system using external visual
and flight instrument reference;
b) Use of control to maneuver the aircraft on to
desired flight path;
c) Straight and level flight;
AATD d) Changing speed, power, attitude, and
01,00
02 configuration in level flight.
e) Pre-stalling checks;
f) Flight at low air speed;
g) Full stall and recovery;
h) Use of control during recovery;
i) Approach to stall in landing configuration.
j) Approach to stall and full stall with bank

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist
and should accomplish all flight maneuvers with AATD Instructor

STAGE AATD 03
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with Normal and alternative climb and
descent procedures. The student will by instructed in basic flight maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

a) Recommended power and IAS for normal

climb;
AATD b) Descending, En-route climb;
01,00
03 c) Best rate and angle of climb speed;
d) En-route descent, Approach descent;
e) Emergency descent procedures

Completion Standard: The student will understand and can practice all flight manouver
have been given on this stage

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 21 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 04

Stage Objective: The student will receive instruction and review on basic flight maneuvers
Turns and 45 degrees bank turns (steep turns)

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

a) Orientation and lookout;

b) Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
c) Climbing turns, Descending turns;
AATD d) Tur Coordination of control during entry;
01,00
04 e) Maintaining the turn;
f) Coordination of control during recovery;
g) Visual and instrument references;
h) Recovery from spiral dives in various
configurations, simulating circuit procedures.

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist
and should accomplish all flight maneuvers with AATD Instructor

STAGE AATD 05
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the simulator training, its operating
Normal, crosswind take-off and landing. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

a) Circuit RTF procedure:

b) Position and procedure at holding point;
c) Take-off and initial climb;
AATD
d) Circuit; and Final approach; 01,00
05
e) Control after landing.
f) Taking off with cross wind;
g) Landing Normal or with cross wind.

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 22 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 06
Stage Objective:

Cross country flight WADY- WARR- WADY and WADY-WART-WADY

The student will receive instruction for navigation flight, mapping and radio communication.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
a) Pre-flight preparation for VFR cross country;
b) Flight procedure;
c) Landing at unfamiliar aerodrome;
AATD d) Return flight over same route
2,00
06 e) Radio Communication
f) Mapping VFR Route
g) Plotting and Flight Computer for Navigation
Check VFR Point

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with VFR route and understand how
to navigate the aircraft and can manage communication.

STAGE AATD 07
Stage Objective: The student will be given simulated engine failure during and after take off.
The student will by instructed in basic flight maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
a) Action following engine failure;
AATD b) Glide attitude and speed;
01,00
07 c) Choice of landing area;
Action after landing.

Completion Standard: The student can recover the aircraft while engine failure during and
after take off.

STAGE AATD 08
Stage Objective: The student will receive instruction and review on basic flight
maneuversfor Pre-solo revision and final pre-solo check.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
a) Glide approach and landing;
b) Flapless landing.
AATD c) RTF procedure;
d) Missed approach procedure; 01,00
08
e) Go around from unsafe landing;
Touch and go landing

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist
and should accomplish all flight maneuvers and ready for pre solo check.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 23 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 09
Stage Objective: The student will receive instruction and review on basic flight maneuvers.
Alternative landing and Go around procedures.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

a) Review all exercise;

b) Check of student training record to ensure that
all listed pre solo exercises have been
completed;
AATD c) Final check of consistent standard of ability;
01,00
09 d) Demonstrate emergency procedure prior to
being sent solo;
At least three consecutive safe circuits and landings,
go around from low level, handling of engine failure
after take-off.

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist
and should accomplish all flight maneuvers and emergency procedures.

STAGE AATD 10

Stage Objective: The student will receive instruction and review on basic flight maneuvers.
Alternative landing and Go around procedures.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

a) Review all exercise;

b) Check of student training record to ensure that all
listed pre solo exercises have been completed;
c) Final check of consistent standard of ability;
AATD
d) Demonstrate emergency procedure prior to being 01,00
10
sent solo;
At least three consecutive safe circuits and landings,
go around from low level, handling of engine failure
after take-off.

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist
and should accomplish all flight maneuvers and emergency procedures.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 24 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

1.3.4.2 Syllabus Flight Training PPL Stage

PPL STAGE
NUMBER OF
PPL FLIGHT EXERCISE HOURS
STAGE
DUAL SOLO
a) Local familiarization flight;
b) PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
c) Starting Procedure
d) Taxiing
e) Cockpit familiarization; 01,00
DGH 01 First air
f) General commentary on features of
experience
the aerodrome and local area;
g) Student first experience of handling
controls.
h) Post Flight Procedure
a) External checks and features; and
b) Internal features;
Ground c) Pre-start checks, using expended
handling checklist;
procedures and d) Pre-departure procedures; 01,00
DGH 02 effect control e) Procedures for handling over /
taking over control;
f) Primary effect of control;
g) Effect of airspeed and slipstream
on controls; and ancillary control.
a) Integrated flight system using
Basic flight external visual Flight reference;
maneuvers b) Use of control to maneuver the
DGH 03 aircraft on to desired flight path; 01,00
c) Straight and level flight;
d) Changing speed, power, attitude,
and configuration in level flight.
a) Recommended power and IAS for
normal climb;
Normal and b) Descending.
alternative c) Climbing; 01,00
DGH 04 climb and d) Best rate and angle of climb speed;
descent e) En-route descent;
procedures: f) Approach descent;

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 25 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

a) Orientation and lookout;

b) Level turns, not exceeding standard
rate in both direction;
Turns c) Climbing turns; 01,00
DGH 05
d) Descending turns;
e) Turns in various configurations,
simulating circuit procedures.

a) Review Exercise 01,00

DGH 06 Progress Check
DGH01 – DGH05
a) Circuit Procedure:
b) Take-off and initial climb;
Circuit Exercise c) Normal Circuit; 01,00
DGH 07 d) Final approach;
e) Control after landing.
f) Normal Landing
a) Circuit Procedure;
b) Low Circuit;
c) Flapless landing;
d) Recovery Bouncing; 01,00
DGH 08 Circuit Exercise
e) Action after landing
f) Crosswind Take Off and Landing
g) Intro: Emergency
a) Action following engine failure;
b) Glide attitude and speed;
c) Choice of landing area;
d) Action after landing.
e) Glide approach and landing; 01,00
DGH 09 Circuit Exercise
f) RTF procedure for emergency;
g) Missed approach procedure;
h) Go around from unsafe landing;
i) After Take Off Engine Failure
a) Review all Circuit exercise
DGH.07 – DGH.09
Check or b) Check of student training record to
Progress Check ensure that all listed pre solo 01,00
DGH 10 First Solo exercises have been completed;
c) Final check of consistent standard
of ability;
d) Check Procedure and Airmanship;
First Solo Student do take-off, circuit and
SGH.01 00,30
Flight landing.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 26 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

General
Handling
DGH.11 Check or Review All Circuit Exercise 01,00
Progress Check
Second Solo

SGH.02 Second Solo Three normal take-offs, circuits and 00.30

landings.
a. Flapless
General b. Emergency Circuit
DGH.12 01.00
Handling c. Low circuit
d. Communication Failure
General
SGH.03 Solo Circuit Exercise 01.00
Handling

General
SGH.04 Solo Circuit Exercise 01.00
Handling

a) Orientation Area
b) Radio Communication
c) Map reading, Borders, Check point
Area.
Orientation Area d) Traffic Management 01,00
DGH.13 General e) Entry to Circuit Pattern
Handling f) Lost Position Procedure
g) Emergency Procedure
h) Departure and Arrival Procedure
VFR
a) a) Orientation Area
b) Radio Communication
c) Map reading, Borders, Check point
Area.
Company Check d) Traffic Management
DGH.14 01,00
for Solo Area e) Entry to Circuit Pattern
f) Lost Position Procedure
g) Emergency Procedure
h) Departure and Arrival Procedure
VFR
General Solo Area
SGH.05 01.00
Handling Review exercise

SGH.06 General Solo Area 01,00

Handling Review exercise

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 27 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

a) Proceed to assigned general

handling area;
b) Practice medium turn on to chosen
DGH.15 heading; and shorts climbs and 01.00
General
descents leveling off at chosen
Handling
height;
c) Steep turn
d) STALL
General Solo Area
SGH.07 01,00
Handling Review Exercise
General Solo Area
SGH.08 01.00
Handling Review exercise
a) SPIN Entry (Simulated)
b) Force Landing Area (Simulated)
General c) Recovery Unusual Flight 01.00
DGH.16
Handling d) Slow flight
e) Slow Flight Descending Turn
General Solo Area
SGH.09 01.00
Handling Review exercise
General Solo Area 01.00
SGH.10
Handling Review exercise
WADY – WART – WADY (100 Nm) 0r
WADY-WARR-WADY (151 Nm)

A. Departure
Visual 00.30
a) Pre-flight preparation for VFR cross
Navigation country;
DXC.01 Flight procedure;
Short
B. Arrival
(A,B)
Cross Country a) Landing at unfamiliar aerodrome;
b) Return flight over same route 01.00
c) Radio Communication
d) Mapping VFR Route
e) Plotting and Flight Computer for
Navigation
Check VFR Point
Visual Check Solo X Country
Navigation
WADY – WART – WADY (100 Nm) 0r
DXC.02 Checl Solo WADY-WARR-WADY (151 Nm)
00.30
(A,B) Short Cross
Country A. Departure
Pre-flight preparation for VFR cross
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 28 Issued 02
Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

country;Flight procedure;

B. Arrival
a) Landing at unfamiliar aerodrome;
b) Return flight over same route 01.00
c) Radio Communication
d) Mapping VFR Route
e) Plotting and Flight Computer for
Navigation
Check VFR Point
Visual
SXC.01 Navigation Solo X Country 03.00
Cross Country

Visual
SXC.02 Navigation Solo X Country 03.00
Cross Country

a) Basic control of aircraft with

reference to instrument only;
 Full panel.
b) Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on
instruments and instrument
power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing
straight and turning in both
directions.
c) After take-off should transfer to
climb on instruments, initially to
straight ahead, and turning onto 1.00
heading for instrument flying area;
d) When level in instrument area, use
Basic I/F visor other vision-limiting device;
DGI.01 Instrument e) Stress relaxed hold on controls, to
Maneuvers avoid loss of feel;
f) How to Procedure Homing with
ADF or VOR
g) Practice gentle maneuvers, with
small control movements;
h) Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and
pitching movements,
 Effects of sudden head
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 29 Issued 02
Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

movements.
 Stress need for monitoring
engine and system instruments
i) Straight and level flight using visor
or screen;
Attitude flying, using attitude
indicator as primary reference
(Instrument scan).
j) Gentle turns (Balance, use of
rudder);
k) Straight climb and descents.
(limited Panel)

Basic
SGI.01 Instrument Solo Area 01.00
Maneuvers Review exercise

Basic
SGI.02 Instrument Solo Area 01.00
Maneuvers Review exercise

a) SPIN Entry (Simulated)

b) Force Landing Area (Simulated)
General c) Recovery Unusual Flight
DGH.17 1.00
Handling d) Slow flight
e) Slow Flight Descending Turn
f) Review circuit exercise
General Solo Area
SGH.11 01.00
Handling Review exercise
a) Importance of internal and external
lighting checks,
b) Starting precautions, lights on,
propeller clear,
c) Internal lights bright for checks and
01.00
start; dim before taxiing
d) Taxiing.
DNF.01 Night Flight e) Take Off
f) Familiarization Circuit Exercise.
g) Landing

a) Taxi routes, holding point,

aerodrome and aero-plane lights,
b) Circuit Exercise, aerodrome lights 01.00
DNF.02 Night Flight as seen from the air, aero-plane
lights, color and relative bearing

Date:September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 30 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

a) Take-off, initial climb and transition

to instruments,
b) Instrument climb to circuit height,
c) Circuit judgement in relation to
runway lighting, maintaining aircraft
control on instruments,
d) Look-out for other aircraft,
e) Turning base and final
DNF.03 Night Flight 01.00
commencing descent, position
determined by reference to
approach and runway lights,
f) Approach; use of runway lighting
perspective and VASIS to regulate
approach path; monitoring
altimeter, Landing technique, use
of runway lights to judge flare point.

Preparation for Review All Exercise Area, Circuit

DPC.01 02.00
PPL Check and Emergency

Preparation for PPL Check Ride,

Review Area, Circuit and
Emergency
Company Check
DCC.01 Note: Student must be the 01.00
PPL
Completed DGH.17 and Release
by Check Instructor,
Ready for Check.

27.00 18.00
TOTAL PPL
45.00

a) PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
b) PRE-FLIGHT Procedure
c) Airport Base Operations
d) Takeoff, Landing and Go-around
e) Performance Maneuver
CHECK RIDE BY DGCA f) Ground Reference Maneuver
g) Navigation
h) Slowflight and Stall
i) Basic Instrument Maneuver
j) Emergency Operation
k) Postflight Procedure

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 31 Issued 02
Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGH.01 (PRE – SOLO)

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, PRE-FLIGHT procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
DGH.01  Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: The student will receive instruction and review on basic flight maneuvers.
Instruction in climb, climbing turns, descents, descending turns, and level-off procedure will
be given

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Visual scanning
 Visual inspection
 Positive exchange of flight control
DGH.02 01,00
 Engine starting
 Radio communication
 Taxi (normal and x-wind)
 4 Fundamentals including climbing turns
 Normal approach and landing

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 32 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

 Postflight procedure

INTRODUCE
 Change Of Configuration
 Airspeed Transition
 Traffic pattern operations
 Maneuvering during slowflight
 Clean & Dirty Stalls
External checks and features; and Internal features;
Pre-start checks, using expended checklist;
Pre-departure procedures;
Procedures for handling over / taking over control;
Primary effect of control;
Effect of airspeed and slipstream on controls; and
ancillary control.
Post flight discussion

Completion Standards: The student should be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist
and should accomplish all flight maneuvers with Flight Instructor

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This flight period will be a review of maneuvers and procedures previously
introduced. Continue introducing and practicing full stalls. Introduce ground reference
maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Visual inspection
 Engine starting
 Radio communications
 Pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff and climb
 Traffic pattern operations
DGH.03  Normal and approach landing
01,00
 Maneuvering during slowflight
 Clean & Dirty Stalls
INTRODUCE
 Cockpit Management
 Tracking along a road
 Descend with and without flaps
Integrated flight system using external visual Flight
reference;
Use of control to maneuver the aircraft on to desired
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 33 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

flight path;
Straight and level flight;
Changing speed, power, attitude, and configuration in
level flight.
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student shall perform an unassisted PRE-FLIGHT inspection

and normal takeoff and demonstrate proper radio communication and traffic pattern
operation with minimal assistance. Altitude control during straight and level flight should be
±200 feet, heading ±20°, and airspeed ±10 KIAS.

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. Turns
around a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Rectangular course

INTRODUCE
DGH.04  Medium Turn 01,00
 Steep turn
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure
Recommended power and IAS for normal climb;
Descending.
Climbing;
Best rate and angle of climb speed;
En-route descent;
Approach descent;
Emergency descent procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student will have successfully completed the lesson when
he/she is competent to perform, with minimum assistance, the procedures and maneuvers
given during previous lessons. The student should achieve the ability to recognize stall
indications and make safe prompt recoveries. Additionally, the student should maintain
assigned airspeed within ±10knots, assigned altitude within ±200 feet and assigned heading
within ±20° .

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 34 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGH.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Rectangular course
INTRODUCE 01,00
DGH.05  Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure
Orientation and lookout;
Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student will have successfully completed the lesson when
he/she is competent to perform, with minimum assistance, the procedures and maneuvers
given during previous lessons. The student should achieve the ability to recognize stall
indications and make safe prompt recoveries. Additionally, the student should maintain
assigned airspeed within ±10knots, assigned altitude within ±200 feet and assigned heading
within ±20°.

STAGE DGH.06
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of previous maneuvers and an
introduction to go-around procedures, crosswind landings.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 35 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW (PROGRESS CHECK)
 Normal and crosswind (takeoffs/landings)
 Ground reference maneuvers
 Traffic pattern operations
 Wake turbulence avoidance
DGH.06  Crosswind taxi and takeoff 01,00
INTRODUCE
 Runway incursion avoidance
 Go-arround/rejected landing
 Crosswind approach and landing
Review Exercise A1 – A5
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student should perform with proficiency the basic flight
maneuvers (Progress Check). He/she should demonstrate the ability to maintain altitude
within ±200 feet and ability to control heading within ±20° and control airspeed within ±10
knots of preselected airspeed, where applicable.

STAGE DGH.07
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of previous maneuvers and
procedures. The student should perform those maneuvers and procedures evaluation

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
INTRODUCE
 Clean & Dirty Stalls
DGH.07  Slips: Forward/side 01,00
 Crosswind takeoff
CIRCUIT PROCEDURE
 Take-off and initial climb;
 Normal Circuit;
 Final approach;
 Control after landing.
 Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 36 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

Completion Standards: The student should perform with proficiency the basic flight
maneuvers. He/she should demonstrate the ability to maintain altitude within ±200 feet and
ability to control heading within ±20° and control airspeed within ±10 knots of preselected
airspeed, where applicable

STAGE DGH.08
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of selected maneuvers and procedures.
In addition, the student will be introduced to forward slips and additional emergency
procedure then continue takeoff and landing practice.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal and crosswind takeoffs/landings
 Go-arround/rejected landing
 Selected ground reference maneuvers
 Emergency approach & landing
 Radio communication failure
 ATC communication
INTRODUCE
DGH.08 01,00
 Wind shear avoidance
 Engine failure during takeof/rejected takeoff
CIRCUIT PROCEDURE
 Low Circuit;
 Flapless landing;
 Recovery Bouncing;
 Action after landing
 Crosswind Take Off and Landing
 Intro : Emergency
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student will show skill and understanding in the execution of
selected maneuvers and procedures and show flying competence while executing takeoffs
and landings.

STAGE DGH.09
Stage Objective: Review all circuit exercise include emergency, and concentration on
preparing the student for stage check first solo flight.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 37 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Ground reference maneuvers
 Emergency operations:
 Low Circuit
 Short Approach
 Flaps Approach
 Normal and crosswind takeoffs
 Normal and crosswind landinggs
 Engine failure after T/o
DGH.09 01,00
Action following engine failure;
Glide attitude and speed;
Choice of landing area;
Action after landing.
Glide approach and landing;
RTF procedure for emergency;
Missed approach procedure;
Go around from unsafe landing;
After Take Off Engine Failure
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: This stage is complete when the instructor has determined that the
student is ready for solo flight in normal and routine crosswind situations.

STAGE DGH.10
Stage Objective: This stage check conducted by a designated check instructor will evaluate
the student‟s readiness for solo flight. Both the student‟s aeronautical knowledge and flight
proficiency will be assessed

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 38 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT EVALUATION
 PRE-FLIGHT inspection
 Cockpit management
 Engine starting
 Radio communications
 Use of checklist
 Taxiing
 Normal and Crosswind takeoffs
 Emergency Opereations
DGH.10  Ground reference maneuver 01,00
 Basic attitude instrument flight
 Traffic patterns Normal and crosswind landings
 Go-arround

Review all Circuit exercise A.7 – A.9

Check of student training record to ensure that all
listed pre solo exercises have been completed;
Final check of consistent standard of ability;
Check Procedure and Airmanship;
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student will show skill and understanding in the execution of
selected maneuvers and procedures and show flying competence while executing takeoffs
and landings.

STAGE SGH.01
Stage Objective: This lesson begins with additional briefing instruction to ascertain that
under the current conditions the student is ready for the first solo, and concludes with that
solo flight.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION

FIRST SOLO FLIGHT

 Take-off
SGH.01  Normal circuit and
00,30
 Approaches and landings
 Taxi return to apron, shut down engine
Student do take-off, circuit and landing.

Completion Standards: This stage is complete the student safely and successfully
Completes the first solo flight. The student shall exhibit good judgment at all times while in
solo flight
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 39 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGH.11 (GENERAL HANDLING VISUAL)

Stage Objective: This second solo check will increase the student‟s confidence and ability in
General Handling Visual. The lesson begins with additional briefing instruction including
pattern entry and departure procedures.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
FLIGHT EVALUATION

 PRE-FLIGHT inspection
 Cockpit management
 Engine starting
 Radio communications
 Use of checklist
 Taxiing
DGH.11  Normal and Crosswind takeoffs 01,00
 Emergency Opereations
 Ground reference maneuver
 Traffic patterns
 Normal and crosswind landings
 Go-arround
Review All Circuit Exercise

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: This stage is complete after the student safely and successfully
completes the first solo flight check. The student shall exhibit good judgment at all times
while check for second solo flight.

STAGE SGH.02
Stage Objective: This is the student‟s second solo flight in circuit. The student will gain
proficiency and confidence.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
SECOND SOLO FLIGHT

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
SGH.02 00,30
 PRE-FLIGHT inspection
 Cockpit management
 Engine starting
 Radio communications

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 40 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

 Use of checklist
 Taxiing
 Normal and Crosswind takeoffs
 Ground reference maneuver
 Traffic patterns
 Normal Circuit
 Normal and crosswind landings
 Take-off
 Approaches and landings
 Taxi return to apron, shut down engine

Three normal take-offs, circuits and landings

Completion Standards: This stage is complete after the student safely and successfully
completes the second solo flight. The student shall exhibit good judgment at all times while in
solo flight. Improved performance should be noted between the first and second solo flights.

STAGE DGH.12 (GENERAL HANDLING VISUAL)

Stage Objective: This second solo check will increase the student‟s confidence and ability in
General Handling Visual. The lesson begins with additional briefing instruction including
pattern entry and departure procedures.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
Review All Circuit Exercise
 Flapless circuit
 Low circuit
DGH.12  All Emergency on Circuit 01,00
 Communications failure

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: This stage is complete after the student safely and successfully
completes the first solo flight check. The student shall exhibit good judgment at all times
while check for second solo flight.

STAGE SGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will give student‟s solo flight in circuit.

STAGE EXERCISE FLIGHT HOURS

th
Date: February 28 , 2020 Page: PPL 41 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Normal and crosswind takeoffs/landings

 Go-arround/rejected landing
 Selected ground reference maneuvers
 Emergency approach & landing
SGH.03 01,00
 Radio communication failure
 ATC communication

INTRODUCE

 Wind shear avoidance

 Engine failure during takeof/rejected takeoff
Solo Circuit Exercise

Completion Standards: The student will show skill and understanding in the execution of
selected maneuvers and procedures and show flying competence while executing takeoffs
and landings, radio communication, and safely to landing the aircraft.
STAGE SGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will give student‟s solo flight in circuit.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Normal and crosswind takeoffs/landings

 Go-arround/rejected landing
 Selected ground reference maneuvers
 Emergency approach & landing
SGH.04 01,00
 Radio communication failure
 ATC communication

INTRODUCE

 Wind shear avoidance

 Engine failure during takeof/rejected takeoff
Solo Circuit Exercise

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 42 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

Completion Standards: The student will show skill and understanding in the execution of
selected maneuvers and procedures and show flying competence while executing takeoffs
and landings, radio communication, and safely to landing the aircraft.

STAGE DGH.13
Stage Objective: This is the student‟s orientation flight outside the local training area and
circuit traffic pattern. The student will gain proficiency and confidence through review of the
specified maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PR- FLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Practices Area
 PRE-FLIGHT inspection
 Cockpit management
 Engine starting
 Radio communications
 Use of checklist
 Taxiing
 Ground reference maneuver
 Emergency Procedure Simulated
- Lost Communication
- Lost Position
DGH.13 01,00
- Forced Landing
 Take-off
 Approaches and landings
 Taxi return to apron, shut down engine

INTRODUCTION

 Show Training Area (Orientation)

 Select Best Field (emergency procedure)
 Arrival/Entry Procedure
 Traffic Management
 Entry to Circuit Pattern

ORIENTATION AREA

 Radio Communication
 Map reading,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 43 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

 Descending
 Departure and Arrival Procedure VFR

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student should perform the Departure and Arrival Procedure
VFR, Traffic management, Entry to circuit pattern, Emergency procedure, Map reading,
Borders, Check point Area and demonstrate properly.

STAGE DGH.14

Stage Objective: This is the student‟s company checkfor solo flight to training area, outside
the local circuit traffic pattern. The student will gain proficiency and confidence through
review of the specified maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Practices Area
 PRE-FLIGHT inspection
 Cockpit management
 Engine starting
 Radio communications
 Use of checklist
 Taxiing
 Ground reference maneuver
DGH.14 01,00
 Emergency Procedure Simulated
- Lost Communication
- Lost Position
- Forced Landing
 Take-off
 Approaches and landings
 Taxi return to apron, shut down engine
 Show Training Area (Orientation)
 Select Best Field (emergency procedure)
 Arrival/Entry Procedure
 Traffic Management
 Entry to Circuit Pattern

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 44 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

COMPANY CHECK AREA

 Radio Communication
 Map reading,
 Descending
 Departure and Arrival Procedure VFR

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student should perform the Departure and Arrival Procedure
VFR, Traffic management, Entry to circuit pattern, Emergency procedure, Map reading,
Borders, Check point Area and demonstrate properly.

STAGE SGH.05
Stage Objective: This is the student‟s first solo flight outside the local circuit traffic pattern.
The student will gain proficiency and confidence through review of the specified maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
SGH.05
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Normal Takeoff
 Practices Area
 SD (Standard Departure)
 Normal Turn 01,00
 R.O.T
 Climbing Turn & Descending Turn exercise
 Arrival/Entry Procedure
 Normal landing

Solo Area Review exercise

Completion Standards: This stage is complete after the student safely and successfully
completes the first solo Area flight outside the local circuit traffic pattern. The student shall
exhibit good judgment at all times while in flight Solo Area. Through oral briefing, the
instructor will determine that all assigned maneuvers and he know Area and borders
satisfactorily completed.

STAGE SGH.06
Stage Objective: This is the student‟s solo flight outside the local circuit traffic pattern. The
student will gain proficiency and confidence through review of the specified maneuvers.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 45 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
SGH.06
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Normal Takeoff
 Practices Area
 Departure and Arrival Procedure 01,00
 Medium Turn
 Steep Turn
 Arrival/Entry Procedure
 Flapless Landing
 Normal landing

Solo Area Review exercise

Completion Standards: This stage is complete after the student safely and successfully
completes the first solo Area flight.

STAGE DGH.15
Stage Objective: During this lesson, the student‟s ability should be developed to a level
which will enable the student to make constant and accurate turns flight maneuver in the
local practice area and airport traffic pattern.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 PRE-FLIGHT inspection
DGH.15  Cockpit management 01,00
 Engine starting
 Radio communications
 Use of checklist
 Taxiing
 Ground reference maneuver

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 46 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

 Flapless T/o
 Emergency Procedure Simulated
 Take-off
 Approaches and landings
 Taxi return to apron, shut down engine
 Flapless landing

INTRODUCTION

 Lost Communication (emergency procedure)

 Lost Position (emergency procedure)

Proceed to assigned general handling area;

Practice medium turn on to chosen heading; and
shorts climbs and descents leveling off at chosen
height;
Steep turn
STALL

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student should perform the emergency procedure and
demonstrate properly.

STAGE SGH.07
Stage Objective: This is the student‟s third solo flight outside the local circuit traffic pattern.
The student will gain proficiency and confidence through review of the specified maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Normal Takeoff
 Practices Area
SGH.07  SD (Standard Departure)
01,00
 Slow flight
 Slow flight turn
 Arrival/Entry Procedure
 Flapless Landing

Solo Area Review exercise

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 47 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: This stage is complete after the student safely and successfully
completes the first solo flight outside the local circuit traffic pattern. The student shall exhibit
good judgment at all times while in solo flight. Through oral debriefing, the instructor will
determine that all assigned maneuvers were satisfactorily completed.

STAGE SGH.08
Stage Objective: The student practice the listed maneuvers to gain proficiency and
confidence, review ground reference maneuvers to increase skill in a maintaining turning,
medium and steep turn, and emphasis on traffic pattern entry, exit, approach and landing
procedure including use of stabilized approach.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 Normal T/o
 Departure and Arrival Procedure 01,00
 Training area
SGH.08
 Medium Turn
 Steep Turn
 Descending Turn
 Standard Arrival
 Normal landing

Solo Area Review exercise

Completion Standards: This stage is completed when the student has conducted assign
solo flight, the student should attempt to gain proficiency in each of the assigned maneuvers
and procedures.

STAGE DGH.16
Stage Objective: The student will practice in flight the listed maneuvers to gain proficiency
and confidence, review ground reference maneuvers to increase skill, the student will review
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 48 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

flight maneuvers and procedures specified by the instructor to increase proficiency to the
level required of a private pilot.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Clean stall
 Dirty stall
 Standard Arrival
 Force Landing Altitude
 U, S and 8 Pattern
 Key point
 Steep Turns
DGH.16 01,00
 Power-off stalls
 Standard Arrival
 SPIN Entry ( Simulated)
 Force Landing Area( Simulated)
 Recovery Unusual Flight
 Slow flight
 Slow Flight Descending Turn

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion standards: This stage is completed when the student has conducted assign
flight, the student should attempt to gain proficiency in each of the assigned maneuvers and
procedures.

STAGE SGH.09
Stage Objective: The student will practice the listed maneuvers to gain proficiency and
confidence, review ground reference maneuvers to increase skill in a maintaining turning,
medium and steep turn, clean and dirty stalls, emphasis on traffic pattern entry, exit,
approach and landing procedure including use of stabilized approach.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
SGH.09 01,00
 Practices Area
 Departure and Arrival Procedure
 Medium Turn

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 49 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

 Steep Turn
 Climbing Turn
 Descending Turn
 Rate one turn

Solo Area Review exercise

Completion Standards: This stage is completed when the student has conducted assign
solo flight, the student should attempt to gain proficiency in each of the assigned maneuvers
and procedures.

STAGE SGH.10
Stage Objective: The student practice in solo flight the listed maneuvers to gain proficiency
and confidence.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 Training area
 Departure and Arrival Procedure
 Descending turn
SGH.10 01,00
 Climbing Turn
 Standard Arrival
 Slow Flight turn

Solo Area Review exercise

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: This stage is completed when the student has conducted assign
solo flight, the student should attempt to gain proficiency in each of the assigned maneuvers
and procedures.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 50 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE DXC.01 (A,B)

Stage Objective: The student will introduce visual cross country procedure and proper
technique to be use during cross country flight.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
SHORT CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WART-WADY (100 Nm) Or

WADY-WARR-WADY (151 Nm)

A. DEPARTURE

PRE-FLIGHT preparation for VFR cross country;:

- Sectional Charts
- Lost Communication Procedures and Lost
Positions 00.30

PROCEDURES

- Route Selection and basic navigation

DXC.01 - procedures (pilotage and dead reckoning)
(A,B) - Weather Information
- Fuel Requirements
- Performance and Limitations
- Navigation Log
- Weight and Balance
- Basic Instrument maneuvers and procedures

B. ARRIVAL:
CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

- Landing at unfamiliar aerodrome;

- Return flight over same route 01.00
- Radio Communication
- Mapping VFR Route
- Plotting and Flight Computer for Navigation
- Check VFR Point
- Basic Air work

Completion standards: The student should be understand flight-planning task, and

demonstrate cross-country flying properly. Prepare for solo cross-country

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 51 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE DXC.02 (A,B)

Stage Objective: The student will properly brief in pilotage and navigation tasks with special
emphasis in improving performance in any weak areas at dual operation cross country.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

CHECK SOLO SHORT CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WART-WADY (100 Nm) Or

WADY-WARR-WADY (151 Nm)

A. DEPARTURE

PRE-FLIGHT preparation for VFR cross country;:

- Sectional Charts
- Lost Communication Procedures and Lost 00.30
Positions

PROCEDURES

- Route Selection and basic navigation

DXC.01
- procedures (pilotage and dead reckoning)
(A,B)
- Weather Information
- Fuel Requirements
- Performance and Limitations
- Navigation Log
- Weight and Balance
- Basic Instrument maneuvers and procedures

B. ARRIVAL:
CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

- Landing at unfamiliar aerodrome;

- Return flight over same route 01.00
- Radio Communication
- Mapping VFR Route
- Plotting and Flight Computer for Navigation
- Check VFR Point
- Basic Air work

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 52 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
CHAPTER 1
PRIVATE PILOT CERTIFICATION

STAGE SXC.01

Stage Objective: The student will perform solo visual cross country procedure and proper
technique to be use during cross-country flight.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

SOLO CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT

03,00
WADY-WART-WADY (100 Nm) Or
SXC.01
WADY-WARR-WADY (142 Nm)

WADY-WADL-WADY

Completion standards: The student should be understood flight planning task, and
demonstrate cross country flying properly.

STAGE SXC.02

Stage Objective: The student will solo visual cross-country procedure and proper technique
to be use during cross-country flight.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

SOLO CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WART-WADY (100 Nm) Or

SXC.02 03,00
WADY-WARR-WADY (142 Nm)

WADY-WADL-WADY

Completion standards: The student should be understood flight planning task, and
demonstrate cross country flying properly.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: PPL 53 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

STAGE DGI.01
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

BASIC CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT WITH

REFERENCE TO INSTRUMENT ONLY;

 Full panel.

PRE-FLIGHT CHECKS;

 Importance of checks on instruments and

DGI.01 instrument power supplies, 01,00
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.

After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,

initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;

DEMONSTRATE DISORIENTATION EFFECTS;

 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching

movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 54 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

instruments

STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT USING VISOR OR

SCREEN;

 Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as

primary reference (Instrument scan).
 Gentle turns (Balance, use of rudder);
 Straight climb and descents. (limited Panel)

Completion standards: In this stage, the student will gain proficiency and confidence
through review of the specified basic instrument flying maneuvers.

STAGE SGI.01

Stage Objective:The student will review flight maneuvers and procedures specified by the
instructor to increase proficiency to the level required of a private pilot.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
SGI.01
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 SID (Standard Instrument Departure)
 Training area
 Slow Flight Turn
 Descend Turn
 Steep Turn 01,00
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Standard Arrival

Solo Area Review exercise

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW OF NEXT

LESSON

Completion standards: This lesson is complete when the student accomplishes all required
maneuvers including those areas assigned by the instructor.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 55 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

STAGE SGI.02

Stage Objective: The student will practice solo area review with basic instrument
maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 SD (Standard Departure)
 Training area
 Slow Flight Turn
SGI.02 01,00
 Descend Turn
 Steep Turn
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Standard Arrival

Solo Area Review exercise

Completion standards: This is the student‟s last solo flight outside the local circuit traffic
pattern in this stage, the student will gain proficiency and confidence through review of the
specified maneuvers.

STAGE DGH.17

Stage Objective: The student will practice in flight the listed maneuvers to gain proficiency
and confidence, review ground reference maneuvers to increase skill, the student will review
flight maneuvers and procedures specified by the instructor to increase proficiency to the
level required of a private pilot.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
DGH.17 01,00
 Clean stall
 Dirty stall
 Standard Arrival

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 56 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

 Force Landing Altitude

 U, S and 8 Pattern
 Key point
 Steep Turns
 Power-off stalls
 Standard Arrival
 SPIN Entry (Simulated)
 Force Landing Area (Simulated)
 Recovery Unusual Flight
 Slow flight
 Slow Flight Descending Turn

POST FLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion standards: This stage is completed when the student has conducted assign
flight, the student should attempt to gain proficiency in each of the assigned maneuvers and
procedures.

STAGE SGH.11

Stage Objective: The student will practice the listed maneuvers to gain proficiency and
confidence, review ground reference maneuvers to increase skill in a maintaining turning,
medium and steep turn, clean and dirty stalls, emphasis on traffic pattern entry, exit,
approach and landing procedure including use of stabilized approach.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Practices Area
 Departure and Arrival Procedure
01,00
 Medium Turn
SGH.11  Steep Turn
 Climbing Turn
 Descending Turn
 Rate one turn

Solo Area Review exercise

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 57 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

Completion Standards: This stage is completed when the student has conducted assign
solo flight, the student should attempt to gain proficiency in each of the assigned maneuvers
and procedures.

STAGE DNF.01 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to the
operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor and
additional planning associated with night environment

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)

 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
DNF.01  Effect-Effect 01,00
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization) in Circuit.

Importance of internal and external lighting checks,

Starting precautions, lights on, propeller clear,
Internal lights bright for checks and start; dim before
taxiing

 Taxiing.
 Take Off
 Familiarization Circuit Exercise.
 Landing

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 58 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

STAGE DNF.02 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to the
operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor and
additional planning associated with night environment.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)

 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
DNF.02  Taxi and pre-takeoff check 01,00
 Normal takeoff
 Effect-Effect
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

Taxi routes, holding point, aerodrome and aero-plane

lights,

Circuit Exercise, aerodrome lights as seen from the

air, aero-plane lights, color and relative bearing

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 59 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

STAGE DNF.03 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to the
operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor and
additional planning associated with night environment

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)

 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
DNF.03 01,00
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Effect-Effect
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

Taxi routes, holding point, aerodrome and aero-plane

lights,

Circuit Exercise, aerodrome lights as seen from the

air, aero-plane lights, color and relative bearing

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 60 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

STAGE DPC.01 (PREPARATION PPL CX RIDE)

Stage Objective: Review the area of operation specifically assigned by the instructor with
special emphasis on correcting any deficiency in the performance of maneuvers or
procedures. Listed maneuvers to gain proficiency and confidence, review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill, the student will review flight maneuvers and procedures
specified by the instructor to increase proficiency to the level required of a private pilot.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION

 All basic Air works

 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan

FLIGHT

Engine starting
Radio Communications
Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Normal takeoff
DPC.01 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium 02,00
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Area
Famlirization)
 Stalls
 Steep turn
 Medium turn
 Emergencies
 All circuit training
 Airmanship
Review All Exercise Area, Circuit and Emergency
NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND
LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student should exhibit competence and ability to correct any
week performance area determined previously, perform each assigned maneuver and
procedure with proper coordination and precision. The student can maintain flight within ±150
feet altitude, ±15 degrees heading, and ±10 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this preparation

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 61 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

STAGE DCC.01 (Company Check PPL)

Stage Objective: The student will be review all flight maneuvers at the areas of operation,
further develop the students‟ knowledge and skill in preparation for PPL test.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION

 All basic Air works Area and Circuit.

 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan

FLIGHT

DCC.01  Engine starting 01,00

 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal / Crosswind takeoff
 Emergencies Procedure
 All circuit Exercise
 Airmanship
Review All Exercise Circuit
LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student should exhibit competence and ability to correct any
week performance area determined previously, perform each assigned maneuver and
procedure with proper coordination and precision. The student can maintain flight within ±150
feet altitude, ±15 degrees heading, and ±15 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this preparation

CHECK RIDE BY DGCA

Stage Objective: The student will be review all flight maneuvers at the areas of operation,
further develop the students‟ knowledge and skill for PPL test.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

a) PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
CHECK Certificates and Documents, Airworthiness
01,00
RIDE Requirements Weather Information, Cross-
Country Flight Planning, National Airspace
System, Performance and Limitations, Operation
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 62 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

of Systems, Water and Seaplane Characteristics,

Aeromedical Factors
b) PRE-FLIGHT Procedure
PRE-FLIGHT Inspection, Cockpit Management,
Engine Starting, Taxiing, Taxiing and Sailing,
Before Takeoff Check
c) Airport Base Operations
Radio Communications and ATC Light Signals,
Traffic Patterns, Airport/Seaplane Base, Runway,
and Taxiway Signs, Markings, and Lighting.
d) Takeoff, Landing and Go-around
Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb,
Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing,
Soft-Field Takeoff and Climb, Soft-Field
Approach and Landing, Short-Field, Takeoff and
Maximum Performance Climb, Short-Field
Approach and Landing, Go-Around/Rejected
Landing
e) Performance Maneuver
Steep Turns
f) Ground Reference Maneuver
Rectangular course, S-Turns, Turn Around a
Point.
g) Navigation
Pilotage and Dead Reckoning, Systems and
Radar Services, Diversion, Lost Procedure
h) Slowflight and Stall
Maneuvering During Slow Flight, Power-Off
Stalls, Power-On Stalls, Spin Awareness
i) Basic Instrument Maneuver
Straight-and-Level Flight, Constant Airspeed
Climbs, Constant Airspeed Descents, Turns to
Heading, Recovery from Unusual Flight Attitudes,
Radio Communications,
j) Emergency Operation
Emergency Approach and Landing, Systems and
Equipment Malfunctions, Emergency Equipment
and Survival Gear
k) Postflight Procedure
After Landing, Parking, and Securing

Completion Standard: The student should exhibit competence and ability to correct any
week performance area determined previously, perform each assigned maneuver and
procedure with proper coordination and precision

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 63 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

1.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. AIP Which Stated on TPM

2. Airplane Flying Handbook – (FAA-H-8083-3A)
3. Aviation Weather for Pilot and Flight Operation (FAA AC-00-6A)
4. Ground school Workbook for Private Pilots, Dan K. Dyer. 209
5. Jeppesen EASA PPL – Air Law And Communicatios
6. Jeppesen EASA PPL – Human Performance
7. Jeppesen EASA PPL – Instrumentatios
8. Jeppesen EASA PPL – Meteorology
9. Jeppesen EASA PPL – Navigation
10. Jeppesen EASA PPL – Principles Of Flight
11. Latest Annex 10
12. Latest Annex 13
13. Latest CASR part 61
14. Latest CASR part 830
15. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
16. Manual Garmin 1000 (190-00498-08 Rev. A)
17. Pilot Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (FAA-H-8083-25B)
18. Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements, Cessna, 1998
19. POH Cessna 172 SP
20. Private Pilot Stage Exams, Jeppensen, 1998
21. Private Pilot Syllabus, Jeppesen, 2011

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 64 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

1.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. What ICAO Annex that describes about personnel licensing:

a. ICAO Annex 1.
b. ICAO Annex 2.
c. ICAO Annex 3.
d. ICAO Annex 4.

2. THE TOTAL ELAPSED PERIOD from the time a crew member is required to
report for duty, to the time that crew member has completed all official duties with
respect to a flight or series of flights and is released for an official crew rest,
means:
a. Flight time
b. Flight endurance
c. Flight duty time
d. Day off time

3. On a wing, the force of lift acts perpendicular to and the force of drag acts
parallel to the:
a. chord line
b. flight path
c. longitudinal axis
d. all answer are incorrect

4. As the forward speed of an airplane with a fixed-pitch propeller increases, with

the RPM remaining constant, the angle of attack of the propeller blades:
a. decreases as forward speed increases
b. increases as forward speed increases
c. remains unaltered as forward speed increases
d. All answer are correct

5. Which is the following statement that is correct:

a. variation West, magnetic west and variation East magnetic East;
b. variation best, magnetic West and variation Least magnetic East;
c. variation West, magnetic best and variation East magnetic least
d. variation West, magnetic least and variation East magnetic best

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: PPL 65 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE TRAINING COURSE

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: PPL 66 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2. COMMERCIAL PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE

2.1 ABOUT COMMERCIAL PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE

2.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA
Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara
Blimbingsari, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Rogojampi Banyuwangi Jawa
Timur 68462 as home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo
Airport Sumenep,

2.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Commercial Pilot Certification Course.

2.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Commercial Pilot Certification

Course Curriculum Include:
1) 258 hours of ground training
2) 96 hours of flight training
3) 30 hours of simulator flight training

2.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Commercial Pilot Certification Course

Curriculum Include:
1) Completed end of stage PPL Single Engine Flight
2) Be at least 18 years of age
3) Min TOIEC 500, and understand the English language, or have such
operating limitations placed on his pilot license as are necessary for
safety, to be removed when he shows that he can read, speak, and
understand the English language;

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Commercial Pilot
Certification Course contained in Appendix I of CASR 141. These curriculum
contents are intended to parallel the Commercial Pilot Certification Course
Land Practical Test Standards.

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and
a flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

2.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for a
Commercial Pilot Certification Course.

2.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the
knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain a
Commercial Pilot Certification Course.

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : CPL 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Commercial Pilot Certification Course
ground training at Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl Agung Wilis
Kecamatan Rogojampi Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462. It consist of 3
(three) classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification
11,85m x 4,85m for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two)
classrooms at Hangar Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for
capacities to a maximum of 12 students. The room is also equipped with
stationery, white board, chairs, tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and
health codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will
not be distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

2.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

2.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the
API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose.
In front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside
Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose.
In front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located
next to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters
square and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for
planning purpose. In front of the briefing room has 3 tall chairs for
student waiting. The Flight Operation Center has a full set of
aeronautical chart, VHF radio communication transceiver for the Flight
Following.

2.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.8.4)

2.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR. Chief Flight Instructor for this course is
Capt. Biyan Barlian.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 2 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

2.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial
Pilot License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be the
holder of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category rating,
Instrument Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer to
Instructor Level (Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be have
Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which approved
by Associated Regulator.

2.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 5 Training Course Outline

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

COMMERCIAL PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 256 HOURS

2.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 141x D.3.(b) for a commercial pilot
Commercial Pilot Certification Course.

2.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141x D.3.(b) for Commercial
Pilot Certification Course Class Rating.

2.2.3 Ground CPL Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

CPL Rules Regulation and Air Law FRA 16.00

Flight Navigations NAV 24.00

Flight Planning FPP 24.00

Meteorology MET 24.00

Conduct of Flight Operations COF 24.00

Aircraft Performance, Weight and Balance APW 16.00

Principle of Flight POF 16.00

Aerodynamics AER 16.00

Airframe & Aircraft System AAS 16.00

Aircraft Instrument AIT 16.00

Human Performance and Limitations HPL 16.00

Aircraft Power Plant PPT 16.00

Radio Aids to Air Navigations RAN 16.00

Air Traffic Management ATM 16.00

TOTAL 256.00

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : CPL 4 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

CPL Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

CPL GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date : January 4th, 2021 Page : CPL 5 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.2.3.1 Aircraft Instrument

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Advanced direction indicator (remote indicating compass; slaved gyro 03,00

system);

2 Radio magnetic indicator (basic principle; application to VOR and 03,00

ADF);

3 Miscellaneous instruments (outside air temperature, clock, electrical 03,00

system indicator);

4 Flight director system (basic principle, altitude director indicator / ADI, 03,00
horizontal situation indicator / HSI );

5 Advanced instruments. 02,00

6 Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.2 Flight Rules and Air law

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Commercial Pilot Privileges & Limitation 03,00

2 General Operating and Flight rules 05.00

3. Aircraft Accident / Incident reporting Procedures Requirement of the 04,00

National Transportation Safety Committee
4. Description of and Procedures for operating within the National 02.00
Airspace System
5. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.3 Aerodynamics

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Forces acting on the aircraft 02.00
2. Wingtip Vortices 02.00

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

3. Ground Effect 01.00

4. Axes of an aircraft 01.00
5. Moment and moment arm 01.00
6. Aircraft design characteristic 01.00

7. Aerodynamic forces in flight maneuvers 02.00

8. Stalls 01.00
9. Basic propeller principles 01.00
10. Load factors, weight and balance 01.00
11. High speed flight 01.00
12. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.4 Flight Navigations

No. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Critical Point and PNR, and En Route point, Alternate Point 03.00

2.  Flight Guides for Cross-Country Flight

 Magnetic compass for Pilotage and Dead Reckoning 03.00
 Night and high-altitude Operations

3. Radio Navigation, Aeronautical Charts, Approach Charts & Terminal

03.00
Area Charts

4. RNAV System, General 03.00

5. Use of Air Navigation Facilities:

 VOR (VHF Omni Range)/DME (Distance Measuring Equipment)

08.00
 Radio Navigation Equipment
 GPS (Global Positioning System)
 INS (inertia navigation system)

6. Basic Instrument flight guide 02.00

7.. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 7 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.2.3.5 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. General flight planning task. 04.00

2. Meteorological consideration 06.00

3. Selection of Route to destination and alternate 06.00

4. Practical Flight planning (extraction of data, completion of operational

06.00
flight plan, completion of ATS flight plan)

5. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

2.2.3.6 Meteorology

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. TURBULENCE
 Nature
 Effect an Aircraft Operation 03.00
 Classification of Turbulence
2. LOW-LEVEL WIND SHEAR
 Cause and Indication
 Critical Condition
04.00
 Windshear Recognition and Avoidance
 Effect of Rapidity Changing Wind Component
3. WORLD-WIDE WEATHER
 Idealized General Circulation
 Basic Climatic Zones
03.00
 Gen. Weather Cond. In Major Areas of the World
 Features of Special Interest
4. SURFACE WEATHER CHARTS
 Information Displayed on Surface Charts
 Use of Aeronautical Weather Reports and Forecasts
04.00
 Wind Patterns
 Weather Characteristics of Pressure Systems
5. THE CHANGE OF WEATHER WITH TIME
 Movements of Pressure
Date :January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 8 Issued 02
Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Fronts and Effect 04.00

 Interpretation of Surface Charts
 Elementary Forecasting of Weather Change
6. WEATHER MINIMA for VFR and IFR
 Cloud Base & Visibility
 Factors Effecting Weather Minima
04.00
 Landing Minima
 Take-Off Minima
7. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 24.00

2.2.3.7 Radio Aids to Air Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Review for Radio Aid Navigation PPL To CPL Stage
Marker Beacon
04.00
 Basic Principle
 Airplane Equipment
2. ILS
 General
 Localizer
02.00
 Glide Slope
 Application
3. Radio Altimeter
 Principle of Operation 02.00
 Control & Instrument
 Use of Operation
4. RADAR
 Primary Radar
 Secondary Radar
 Radar & ATS
 Radar Surveillance Approach 02.00
 Weather Radar
 Precision Approach Radar
5. Introduction to Other Navigation Means
 GPS 03.00
 INS

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 9 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

6. GPWS and TCAS 01.00

7. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.8 Conduct of Flight Operational Procedure

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Route Guides Manual 02.00

2. Aerodromes Manual 02.00

3. Flight Preparation & Flight Plan 02.00

4. In-Flight Manuvers & Procedures 02.00

5. Emergency Operations & Survival 02.00

6. Passenger briefing 02.00

7. Use of Oxygen 02.00

8. Carriage of Dangerous Goods or Not carriage of Dangerous Goods 02.00

9. Flight Operation Manual 02.00

10 Flight Safety 02.00

11. Communication, Position Reporting Procedure 02.00

11. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

2.2.3.9 Human Performance and Limitations

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Visual system; Auditory system 02,00

2. Body awareness 02,00

3. Stress management & Threat and Error Management 02,00

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 10 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

4. Inter-personnel communication 02,00

5. Team work 01,00

6. Conflict 01,00

7. Aeronautical Decision making and Judgment 02,00

8. Introduction of Crew Resources Management and Multi Crew 02.00

Coordination
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 16,00

2.2.3.10 Aircraft Performance, Weight And Balance

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. General aircraft performance & Use of Performance Charts; 02,00

2. Safe and Efficient operation of aircraft; 01.00
3. Take-off performance; 02,00
4.  Accelerated stop distance;
 Significance and effect of exceeding aircraft performance 02,00
limitations;
5. Climb performance; 02,00
6. Cruise performance; 02,00
7. Descend and landing performance;
03,00
Weight and Balance Computation
8. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.11 Aircraft Power Plant

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Basic gas turbine (principle operation; basic layout of axial flow

04,00
engines;
2. combustion chamber and ignition; turbines; accessories; fuel for
04,00
gas turbine engines);
3. Operation of jet engines (simplicity & reliability; handling
03,00
characteristics; operation problem; reverse power);

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 11 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

4. Turbo-prop engines (advantages and disadvantages; reduction

03,00
gear; propeller pitch).
5. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.12 Airframe And Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Principles and Function of Aircraft Systems:

04,00
 Retractable landing gear
 Emergency extension system
 Powered nose wheel steering
 Multi-engine electrical system
2.  Advanced hydraulic system 04,00
 Aircraft electrical system
 Fire protection
3. Automatic pilots 02,00

4. Pressurization, air-conditioning and oxygen system 02,00

5. Accident survival system 02,00

6. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.13 Principle of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Review of lift, drag and lift drag ratio 02,00

2. Performance curve 02,00

3. Take-off and Landing performance 02,00

4. Load factor 02,00

5. Structure Operating Limitations 02.00

6. Engine aerodynamics (trust & induced airflow, asymmetrical forces, 02.00

speed definitions, critical engine, single-engine operation, procedure &
maneouver).

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 12 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

7. High speed aerodynamics (mach number, pressure waves in air, effect 02.00
of control and stability, the swept wings, T-tail aircraft)
8. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.14 Air Traffic Management

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. ATC clearance procedures. 03.00

2. Airspace management; 02.00

3. Air traffic flow management; 02.00

4. Air traffic services; 02.00

5. Air traffic control services; 03.00

6. Separation; 02.00

7. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

2.2.3.15 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action : 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 13 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

2.2.3.16 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date :January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 14 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

COMMERCIAL PILOT CERTIFICATION COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
FLIGHT TRAINING: 96 Hours
SIMULATOR TRAINING: 30 Hours

2.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Commercial Pilot
Certification Course:
1) Hold at least a valid first-class medical certificate issued under Part 67
of the CASRs;
2) Hold at least PPL Single Engine
.

2.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for a Commercial Pilot Certification Course with an
airplane category rating and single engine land class rating.

2.3.3 Use of Flight Training Devices (FTD)

Flight Training Devices (FTDs) may be used for some of the SE flight training
time that is required CASR Part 141, Appendix D. Training in a flight
simulator may be credited for maximum of initial 20 percent of the total flight
training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this section,
whichever is less. Akademi Penerbang Indoneisa Banyuwangi used Redbird
FMX and ALSim 172 in this TCO.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 15 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.3.4 Training CPL Syllabus

STAGE CODE DUAL SOLO/ AATD TOTAL

HRS MUTUAL HRS HRS
HRS

CPL General Handling GH 17.00 20.00 12.00 52.00

General or Basic Instrument GI 10.00 21.00 08.00 38.00

Cross Country XC 06.00 12.00 08.00 26.00

Night Flying NF 05.00 02.00 02.00 09.00

Preparation for CPL Check DPC 02.00

Company Check CPL DCC 01.00

TOTAL 41.00 55.00 30.00 126.00

2.3.4.1. AATD Training Syllabus

AATD CPL SYLLABUS

NO GROUP SYLLABUS HOURS

AATD 10 Starting Procedure, Taxi, Run-Up, Take-off, Climbing &

1 Descend Procedure, Straight and level, Turning Procedure, 01.00
Medium / Steep Turn, Landing, and Communication.

AATD 11 Starting Procedure, Taxi, Run-Up, Take-off, Climbing &

2 Descend Procedure, Straight and level, Turning Procedure, 01.00
Medium / Steep Turn, Landing, and Communication.

AATD 12 Starting Procedure, Taxi, Run-Up, Take-off, Climbing &

3 Descend Procedure, Straight and level, Turning Procedure, 01.00
Medium / Steep Turn, Landing, and Communication.

AATD 13 Climbing & Descend Procedure, Straight and level, Turning

4 Procedure, Medium / Steep Turn, Slow Flight Turn, Slow 01.00
flight descending, Stalling Exercise.

AATD 14 Climbing & Descend Procedure, Straight and level, Turning

5 Procedure, Medium / Steep Turn, Slow Flight Turn, Slow 01.00
flight descending, Stalling Exercise.

Date : January 4th,2021 Page : CPL 16 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

AATD 15 Climbing & Descend Procedure, Straight and level, Turning

6 Procedure, Medium / Steep Turn, Slow Flight Turn, Slow 01.00
flight descending, Stalling Exercise.

AATD 16 Night Flight Exercise, normal circuit, low circuit, flapless,

7 01.00
emergency

AATD 17 Night Flight Exercise, normal circuit, low circuit, flapless,

8 01.00
emergency

AATD 18 Circuit Pattern Exercise: Normal Circuit, Flapless, Short

9 01.00
Approach, Low Circuit.

AATD 19 Circuit Pattern Exercise: Normal Circuit, Flapless, Short

10 01.00
Approach, Low Circuit.

AATD 20 Circuit Pattern Exercise: Normal Circuit, Flapless, Short

11 01.00
Approach, Low Circuit.

AATD 21 Circuit Pattern Exercise: Emergencies procedure, Radio

12 01.00
Failure Procedure.

AATD 22 Circuit Pattern Exercise: Normal Circuit, Flapless, Short

13 01.00
Approach, Low Circuit.

AATD 23 Circuit Pattern Exercise: Normal Circuit, Flapless, Short

14 01.00
Approach, Low Circuit.

AATD 24 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Limited Panel, Tuning

15 01.00
procedure.

AATD 25 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Limited Panel, Tuning

16 01.00
procedure.

AATD 26 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Limited Panel, Tuning

17 01.00
procedure.

AATD 27 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Limited Panel, Tuning

18 01.00
procedure.

AATD 28 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Limited Panel, Tuning

19 01.00
procedure.

AATD 29 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Scanning and Cross

20 01.00
Checking, Compass error, Stall.

AATD 30 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Scanning and Cross

21 01.00
Checking, Compass error, Stall.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 17 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

AATD 31 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Scanning and Cross

22 01.00
Checking, Compass error, Stall.

AATD 32 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Scanning and Cross

23 01.00
Checking, Compass error, Stall.

AATD 33 Basic Instrument Flight: Timing Turn, Scanning and Cross

24 01.00
Checking, Compass error, Stall.

AATD 34 Cross Country

03.00
25 Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion
and Communication Procedure.

AATD 35 Cross Country

26 Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion 03.00
and Communication Procedure.

TOTAL 30.00

Note: Above table presents the flight curriculum after the completion of PPL stage. See
Chapter-5 for PPL Flight Curriculum.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 18 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 10
Stage Objective: AATD Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - AATD Procedure

 Starting Procedure
 Taxi
 Run-Up
 Take-off 01.00
 Climbing & Descend Procedure
AATD.10
 Straight and level
 Turning Procedure
 Medium / Steep Turn
 Landing
 Communication

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE AATD 11
Stage Objective: AATD Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Starting Procedure
AATD.11  Taxi
 Run-Up
 Take-off 01.00
 Climbing & Descend Procedure
 Straight and level
Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 19 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Turning Procedure
 Medium / Steep Turn
 Landing
 Communication

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE AATD 12

Stage Objective: AATD Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Starting Procedure
 Taxi
 Run-Up
 Take-off 01.00
 Climbing & Descend Procedure
AATD.12
 Straight and level
 Turning Procedure
 Medium / Steep Turn
 Landing
 Communication

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 20 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 13
Stage Objective: AATD Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Climbing & Descend Procedure

 Straight and level, , , , Slow flight
descending.Run-Up 01.00
 Turning Procedure
AATD.13  Medium / Steep Turn
 Slow Flight Turn
 Slow flight descending
 Slow flight descending
 Landing

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE AATD 14
Stage Objective: AATD Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Climbing & Descend Procedure

 Straight and level, , , , Slow flight
AATD.14 descending.Run-Up 01.00
 Turning Procedure
 Medium / Steep Turn
 Slow Flight Turn
 Slow flight descending

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 21 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Slow flight descending

 Landing

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE AATD 15
Stage Objective: AATD Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Climbing & Descend Procedure

 Straight and level, , , , Slow flight
descending.Run-Up 01.00
 Turning Procedure
AATD.15  Medium / Steep Turn
 Slow Flight Turn
 Slow flight descending
 Slow flight descending
 Landing

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 22 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 16
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill and
familiarizatiom for night landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00
AATD.16
- Flapsless
 Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and slope by PAPI while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in
the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 17
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill and
familiarizatiom for night landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00
AATD.17 - Flapsless
 Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
 Electrical Failure Exercise

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 23 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and slope by PAPI while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in
the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 18
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill,
emergency procedure and improve confidence landing. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00
- Flapsless
AATD.18
 Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
- Cut a beam / Short approach
- Cut Airborne

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly while demonstrating the maneuvers
listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 19
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill,
emergency procedure and improve confidence landing. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

AATD.19
 All circuit exercise
- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 24 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

- Flapsless
 Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
- Cut a beam / Short approach
- Cut Airborne

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly while demonstrating the maneuvers
listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 20
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill,
emergency procedure and improve confidence landing. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit
01.00
- Flapsless
AATD.20
 Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
- Cut a beam / Short approach
- Cut Airborne

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly while demonstrating the maneuvers
listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 21
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill,
emergency procedure and improve confidence landing. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by AATD Instructor.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 25 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00
- Flapsless
AATD.21
 Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
- Cut a beam / Short approach
- Cut Airborne

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly while demonstrating the maneuvers
listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 22
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill,
emergency procedure and improve confidence landing. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00
- Flapsless
AATD.22  Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
- Cut a beam / Short approach
- Cut Airborne
- Power Stuck Exercise

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 26 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly while demonstrating the maneuvers
listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 23
Stage Objective: AATDCircuit Manuevers, Review Circuit maneuvers to increase skill,
emergency procedure and improve confidence landing. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit 01.00
- Flapsless
AATD.23  Engine Failure After T/O
 All Emergencies procedure on Circuit
- Cut a beam / Short approach
- Cut Airborne
- Power Stuck Exercise

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly while demonstrating the maneuvers
listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 24
Stage Objective: AATD Basic Instrument Full and Limited Panel Manuevers, AATD
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Basic Instrument Flight:

 Timing Turn 01.00

AATD.24  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 27 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction while
demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.
STAGE AATD 25
Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full and Limited Panel Manuevers, AATD
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.25  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction while
demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 26
Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full and Limited Panel Manuevers, AATD
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.26  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction while
demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 28 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 27

Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full and Limited Panel Manuevers, AATD
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.27  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction while
demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 28

Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full and Limited Panel Manuevers, AATD
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.28
 Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction while
demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 29 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 29
Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
AATD maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.29  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction
compass error while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 30
Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
AATD maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.30  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction
compass error while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 30 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 31
Stage Objective: AATDBasic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
AATD maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.31  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction
compass error while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 32
Stage Objective: AATD Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass
Error, AATD maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.32  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction
compass error while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 31 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 33
Stage Objective: AATD Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass
Error, AATD maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
AATD.33  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent could maintain flight in ±50ft altitude, ±5degress

heading, ±5 knots airspeed and do all procedure clearly, fast scanning and correction
compass error while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE AATD 34
Stage Objective: AATD Cross Country, this stage to preparation for cross country flight,
reading position by Navigation Aids, calculate grond speed, estimate time, using Flight
Computer and Logging. Practice other lesson as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Cross Country
03.00
 Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
 Flight Log,
 Diversion
AATD.34  Communication Procedure.
 Calculate Ground Speed
 Calculate Estimate Time
 Using Flight Computer

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could Calculate Groud Speed, Estimate, Reading
Position VOR, clear communication and good cockpit management.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 32 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE AATD 35
Stage Objective: AATD Cross Country, this stage to preparation for cross country flight,
reading position by Navigation Aids, calculate grond speed, estimate time, using Flight
Computer and Logging. Practice other lesson as directed by AATD Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Cross Country

 Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, 03.00

 Flight Log,
 Diversion
 Communication Procedure.
AATD.35
 Calculate Ground Speed
 Calculate Estimate Time
 Using Flight Computer

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could Calculate Groud Speed, Estimate, Reading
Position VOR, clear communication and good cockpit management.

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 33 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.3.4.2. CPL FLIGHT SYLABUS

CPL STAGE

CPL NUMBER OF
STAGE FLIGHT EXERCISE HOURS

DUAL SOLO

DGH 20 Dual General Area exercise:

Handling Straight and Level
PRE-FLIGHT Check
Taxiing
Take off
Normal Take Off
Flight Procedure
Entry Area Procedure
Straight and level 01.00
Normal Bank
Different power Setting
Radio communication
Arrival Entry procedure
Post Flight procedure
Introduction Crew Resource
Management
DGH 21 Company Check for Area exercise:
Mutual General Straight and Level
Handling
PRE-FLIGHT Check
Taxiing
Take off
Normal Take Off
Flight Procedure 01.00
Entry Area Procedure
Straight and level
Normal Bank
Different power Setting
Radio communication
Arrival Entry procedure

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 34 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Post Flight procedure

Crew Resource Management
SGH 13 Mutual General Mutual Area:
Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 14 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 22 Dual General Climbing

Handling
Climbing Turn

Descent

Descending Turn
01.00
Medium Turn

Steep Turn

SGH 15 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

Mutual Area:

SGH 16 Mutual General Review from Instructor teaching

01.00
Handling

DGH 23 Dual General Force Landing at Area ( Simulated )

Handling with entry pattern

Stall (Power on / Power off)

01.00
Clean Stall (Power on / Power off)

Unusual attitude

SGH 17 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 18 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 24 Dual General Progress Check

Handling 01.00
Review exercise DGH 19 and DGH 20

Date :February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 35 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

SGH 19 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 20 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGI 02 Dual General or Homing

Basic Instrument 01.00
Tracking

SGI 03 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 04 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 25 Dual General Slow Flight

Handling
Slow Flight Descending Turn 01.00

Radio Communication Failure in Area

SGH 21 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 22 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGI 03 Dual General or Limited Panel

Basic Instrument 02.00
Compas Error

SGI 05 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 06 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGI 04 Dual General or Progress Check

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review DGI 03 and DGI 04

SGI 07 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

01.00
Basic Instrument

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 36 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 08 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DNF 04 Dual Night Flight Circuit exercise

Normal Take off

Normal Approach

Short Approach
01.00
Crosswind Take off

Crosswind Landing

DNF 05 Dual Night Flight Circuit exercise

Normal Take off

Normal Approach

Short Approach
01.00
Crosswind Take off

Crosswind Landing

DNF 06 Dual Night Flight Circuit exercise

Normal Take off

Normal Approach

Short Approach
01.00
Crosswind Take off

Crosswind Landing

DNF 07 Dual Night Flight Circuit exercise

Normal Take off

Normal Approach

Short Approach
01.00
Crosswind Take off

Crosswind Landing

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 37 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

DNF 08 Dual Night Flight Circuit exercise

Normal Take off

Normal Approach

Short Approach
01.00
Crosswind Take off

Crosswind Landing

SNF 01 Solo / Mutual / Solo Solo Circuit :

Supervisor Night 01.00
Flight Review from Instructor teaching

SNF 02 Solo / Mutual/Solo Solo Circuit :

Supervisor Night 01.00
Flight Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 26 Dual General Progress Check

Handling
Review exercise DGH 22 02.00

SGH 23 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 24 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGI 05 Dual General or Climbing by Timing

Basic Instrument
Descend by Timing 01.00

Rate one turn by Timing

SGI 09 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 10 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 27 Dual General Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Handling
Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern
01.00
Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern

Date : February 28th,2020 Page : CPL 38 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

SGH 25 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 26 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 28 Dual General Recovery Entry Spin ( Simulated)

Handling
Unusual Flight (Power on / Power Off)

Exercise Entry Windshear ( Simulated ) 01.00

Recovery Control Coloumn Failure

SGH 27 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 28 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 29 Dual General Progress Check

Handling 02.00
Exercise DGH 24 – DGH 25

SGH 29 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 30 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGI 06 Dual General or Clean Stall with Instrumen Reference

Basic Instrument (Power on / Power off)

Dirty Stall with Instrumen Reference 01.00

(Power on / Power off)

SGI 11 Mutual General or Mutual Area: 01.00

Basic Instrument
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 12 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument
Review from Instructor teaching 01.00

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 39 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

DXC 03 Dual Long Cross A.Climb 01.00

Country VFR
(A,B,C) Flight Planning, Climb Briefing, Map
Reading, Position Report, Weather
analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment, and Communication
Procedure

B.Cruise

Position Report, Weather analysis

Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
Flight Log, Diversion, Communication 01.00
Procedure, Cruise Checklist, TOD
Briefing, Fuel Calculating, Critical Point
and Point No Return

C.Descend

Descend Briefing, Position Report,

Weather analysis Radio & Navigation 01.00
Aid Equipment, Diversion, and
Communication Procedure

A. Progress Check for Solo/Mutual

Long Cross Country Climb

Flight Planning, Climb Briefing, Map

Reading, Position Report, Weather 01.00
analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment, and Communication
Procedure

B. Progress Check for Solo/Mutual

Long Cross Country Cruise
DXC 04 Dual Long Cross Position Report, Weather analysis
(A,B,C) Country VFR Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, 01.00
Flight Log, Diversion, Communication
Procedure, Cruise Checklist, TOD
Briefing, Fuel Calculating, Critical Point
and Point No Return

C. Progress Check for Solo/Mutual

Long Cross Country Descend

Descend Briefing, Position Report, 01.00

Weather analysis Radio & Navigation
Aid Equipment, Diversion, and
Communication Procedure

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 40 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

SXC 03 Mutual Cross As DXC 04, navigation flight. (v-v)

03.00
Country VFR

SXC 04 Mutual Cross As DXC 04, navigation flight. (v-v)

03.00
Country VFR

SXC 05 Mutual Cross As DXC 04, navigation flight. (v-v)

03.00
Country VFR

SXC 06 Mutual Cross As DXC 04, navigation flight. (v-v)

03.00
Country VFR

DGI 07 Dual General or Medium Turn with Instrumen Reference

Basic Instrument 01.00
Steep Turn with Instrumen Reference

SGI 13 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 14 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 30 Dual General Medium Turn

Handling 01.00
Steep Turn

SGI 15 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 16 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 31 Dual General Slow Flight

Handling 02.00
Slow Flight Descending Turn

SGH 31 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGH 32 Mutual General Mutual Area:

Handling 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 32 Dual General Dual Circuit All Exercise

01.00
Handling

SGI 17 Mutual General or Mutual Area: 01.00

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 41 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Basic Instrument Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 18 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 33 Dual General Dual Area All Exercise

01.00
Handling

SGI 19 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 20 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGI 08 Dual General or Medium Turn with Instrumen Reference

Basic Instrument 02.00
Steep Turn with Instrumen Reference

SGI 21 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

SGI 22 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DGH 34 Dual General Review All exercise (Full Panel +

01.00
Handling timing) area

SGI 23 Mutual General or Mutual Area:

Basic Instrument 01.00
Review from Instructor teaching

DPC.02 Preparation for CPL Preparation CPL Check :

Check 02.00
Review All Exercise Area and
Emergency

DCC.02 Company Check Preparation for CPL Check Ride,

CPL
Review Area, Circuit and Emergency 01.00

Note : Student must be the Completed

DGH 29 and DGH 30 and Realease by
Check Instructor,

Ready for Check.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 42 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

TOTAL CPL 41.00 55.00

96.00

a) Preflight Preparation
b) Preflight Procedure
c) Airport Base Operations
d) Takeoff, Landing and Go-around
e) Performance Maneuver
CHECK RIDE BY DGCA f) Ground Reference Maneuver
g) Navigation
h) Slowflight and Stall
i) Basic Instrument Maneuver
j) Emergency Operation
k) POST-FLIGHT Procedure

STAGE DGH.20

Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice Crew Resource Management
with flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium & Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
DGH.20 01.00
 Emergencies procedure on Area
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Introduction about Crew Resource
Management

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 43 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGH.21

Stage Objective: Company Check for Mutual General Handling, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Show about Crew
Resource Management and responsibility with another Student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)

 Medium & Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
DGH.21 01.00
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure on Area
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Crew Resource Management

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the Crew Resource Management and
responsibility with another Student.

STAGE SGH.13
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 44 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Basic Air work

 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
SGH.13 01.00
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.14
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Climbing & Descending Turns
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
SGH.14  Cross Checking (Scanning) 01.00
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 45 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGH.22
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing

 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
DGH.22 01.00
 Slow Flight turn Timing
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.15
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)

SGH.15 01.00
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 46 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Basic Air work

 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.16
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)

 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
SGH.16 01.00
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 47 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGH.23
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Compass error
 Climbing turn
 Desending turn
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
DGH.23  Slow Flight 01.00
 Emergency Force Landing at Area (Simulated)
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.17
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 48 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Compass erroe
SGH.17  Basic Air work 01.00
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.18
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
SGH.18 01.00
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 49 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGH.24
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Progress Check

 Review All exercise on DGH.19

DGH.24 01.00
 Review Emergency on DGH.20

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.
STAGE SGH.19
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing

 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
SGH.19  Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty) 01.00
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 50 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Mental Attitude
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.20
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn Timing (ROT)
 Medium & Steep Turns
 Climbing Turns Timing
 Descending Turns Timing
 Approach to Stall
SGH.20 - Clean 01.00
- Dirty
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGI.02
Stage Objective: Dual flight Basic Intrument, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor Emphasis on traffic pattern entry, exit, approach, and landing procedures,
including use of a stabilyzed approach

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 51 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Instrument Take Off
 Instrument Climb Out Altitude
 Familiarization
 Level Speed Change
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 VOR Orientation and Tracking
DGI.02  ADF Orientation and Homing 02.00
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship/Headwork
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGI.03

Stage Objective: Mutual Flight Basic intrument, Practice the listed maneuvers to gain
proficiency and confidence.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Preflight

 Checklist use
 Soft-field takeoff and climb
 Normal/Crosswind takeoff and climb
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
SGI.03  VOR Orientation and Tracking 01.00
 ADF Orientation and Homing
 Maneuvering During Slow Flight
 Power-on Stalls
 Power-off Stalls
 Soft-field approach and landing
 Normal/Crosswind approach and landing

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 52 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

POST-FLIGHT procedures

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.04

Stage Objective: Mutual Flight Basic intrument, Practice the listed maneuvers to gain
proficiency and confidence.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Slowflight timing turn
SGI.04 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Normal Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGH.25

Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 53 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Slow Flight
 Slow Flight Descending Turn
 Radio Communication Failure procedure on
Area
DGH.25 01.00
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.21

Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
SGH.21 01.00
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Turns
- Medium
- Steep
 Climbing turn
 Slow Flight Descending Turns (Timing)
 Normal circuit exercise
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 54 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)

 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.22
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Basic airwork On circuit

 Airmanship
 All normal circuit exercise
 Air Discipline
SGH.22  Mental Attitude 01.00
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGI.03
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 55 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart Instrument Departure (SID)
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Turns
 Rate one turn - Timing
DGI.03 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.05
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Training area
 Standart Instrument Departure
SGI.05 01.00
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
 Climbing Turns Timing
 Desending turn timing

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 56 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing

Orientation
 Steep turn
 Limited panel
 Normal Circuit exercise
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.06
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Turns
 Rate one turn
SGI.06  VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing 01.00
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 57 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGI.04
Stage Objective: The student will Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special emphasis
on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual
operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PROGRESS CHECK
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW DGI.03 AND DGI.04
 Training area
 Standart Instrument Departure (SID)
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Climbing Turns Timing
 Desending turn timing
DGI.04 01.00
 Rate one turn
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Steep turn
 Medium turn
 STAR
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.07
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
SGI.07  Training area 01.00
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 58 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Turns
 Rate one turn
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.08
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Slow flight timing Turns
SGI.08  Slow flight desending timing Turns 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 Normal Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 59 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DNF.04 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Dual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to
the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor
and additional planning associated with night environment
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
DNF.04 01.00
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Circuit Exercise
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)
NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND
LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

STAGE DNF.05 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Dual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to
the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor
and additional planning associated with night environment
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
DNF.05 01.00
 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 60 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Night scanning/collision avoidance

 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Circuit Exercise
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND
LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

STAGE DNF.06 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Dual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to
the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor
and additional planning associated with night environment
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
DNF.06 01.00
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Circuit Exercise

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 61 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium

bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

STAGE DNF.07 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Dual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to
the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor
and additional planning associated with night environment
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
DNF.07 01.00
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Circuit Exercise
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 62 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DNF.08 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Dual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce to
the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological factor
and additional planning associated with night environment

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
DNF.08 01.00
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Circuit Exercise
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 63 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SNF.01 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Mutual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce
to the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological
factor and additional planning associated with night environment
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
SNF.01 01.00
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Effect-Effect
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 64 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SNF.02 (NIGHT FLYING)

Stage Objective: Practice Mutual night traffic pattern, approaches, and landings. Introduce
to the operational consideration associated with night flying, Emphasis the physiological
factor and additional planning associated with night environment

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Night Vision
 Disorientation
 Visual Illusions
 Night scanning/collision avoidance
 Aircraft, airport, and obstruction lighting
 Personal equipment

INTRODUCTION (FLIGHT)
01.00
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
SNF.02  Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal takeoff
 Effect-Effect
 Four fundamentals (straight and level, Medium
bank turns, Climbs and Descents, Night
Familirization)

NORMAL TRAFFIC PATTERN, APPROACH, AND

LANDING POST-FLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion Standard: The student must be familiar with the night operations, demonstrate
of attitude control in night condition.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 65 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGH.26

Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Progress Check

Review DGH.22

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)

 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
DGH.26  Basic Air work 02.00
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure on area
- S pattern
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 66 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGH.23

Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Compass error exercise

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Slow flight
 Climbing turn
 Desending turn
SGH.23  Medium turn 01.00
 Steep Turns
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 67 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGH.24

Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Basic airwork on area
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
SGH.24  Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing) 01.00
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGI.05
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
DGI.05  Training area 01.00
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Turns
 Rate one turn (Timing)

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 68 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Climbing Turn (Timing)

 Descending Turn ( Timing)
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.09
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Compass Error
SGI.09  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 69 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGI.10
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.10  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGH.27
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)

 Medium Steep Turns
DGH.27 01.00
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 70 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Basic Air work

 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Emergencies procedure “S” Pattern
 Emergencies procedure “U” Pattern
 Emergencies procedure “8” Pattern
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.25
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing turn
SGH.25  Descending Turns (Timing) 01.00
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 71 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGH.26
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing turn
SGH.26 01.00
 Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGH.28
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Recovery Entry Spin (Simulated)

 Unusual Position
 Exercise Entry Windshear (Simulated)
DGH.28 01.00
 Recovery Control Coloumn Failure
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
- Dirty
 Slow Flight
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 72 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

- Desending turn
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure on Area
- S pattern
 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.27
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure
 Basic Air work at area
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
SGH.27 - Dirty 01.00
 Slow Flight turn
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 73 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGH.28
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Basic Air work at area

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
SGH.28 - Dirty 01.00
 Slow Flight turn
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGH.29
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Progress Check
Pre - Flight Procedure
Review DGH.24 – DGH.25

DGH.29  Basic Air work at area 02.00

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall
- Clean

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 74 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

- Dirty
 Slow Flight
 Unusual Position
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.29
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Basic Air work at area

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
SGH.29 - Dirty 01.00
 Slow Flight turn
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 75 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGH.30
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Basic Air work at area

 Standard Rate Turn (ROT) timing
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
SGH.30 - Dirty 01.00
 Slow Flight turn
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Airmanship
 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGI.06
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Preflight
DGI.06  Training area 02.00
 SID
 Practices Limited Panel
 Turns
 Climbing turn Timing

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 76 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Desending turn Timing

 VOR / NDB Instrument Intercepting
 Stalls
 Slowflight turn Timing
 STAR
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.11
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Compass Error
 Rate one turn
SGI.11 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 77 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGI.12
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.12  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 78 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DXC.03 (A,B,C)

Stage Objective: The student will properly brief in pilotage and navigation tasksfor Mutual
Cross country, with special emphasis in improving performance in any weak areas at Dual
operation cross country.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
A.Climb

- Flight Planning
- Climb Briefing
- Map Reading 01.00
- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Communication Procedure
B.Cruise

- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
DXC.03 - Flight Log
(A,B,C) - Diversion 01.00
- Communication Procedure
- Cruise Checklist
- TOD Briefing
- Fuel Calculating
- Critical Point and Point No Return
C.Descend

- Descend Briefing
- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid 01.00
Equipment
- Diversion
- Communication Procedure

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 79 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DXC.04 (A,B,C)

Stage Objective: The student will properly brief in pilotage and navigation tasksfor Mutual
Cross country, with special emphasis in improving performance in any weak areas at Dual
operation cross country.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
A. Progress Check for Solo/Mutual Cross Country
Climb

- Flight Planning
- Climb Briefing
- Map Reading 01.00
- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Communication Procedure
B. Progress Check for Solo/Mutual Cross Country
Cruise

- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
DXC.03 Equipment
(A,B,C) - Flight Log 01.00
- Diversion
- Communication Procedure
- Cruise Checklist
- TOD Briefing
- Fuel Calculating
- Critical Point and Point No Return
C. Progress Check for Solo/Mutual Cross Country
Descend

- Descend Briefing
- Position Report 01.00
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Diversion
- Communication Procedure

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 80 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SXC.03

Stage Objective: This stage is Mutual Cross Country, the student will do exercise listed and
as brief by instructor

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WAHS-WADY
(Blimbingsari – Ahmad yani – Blimbingsari)

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION:
- Sectional Charts
- Lost Communication Procedures and Lost
Positions

PROCEDURES
- Route Selection and basic navigation
- procedures (pilotage and dead reckoning)
- Weather Information
- Fuel Requirements
- Performance and Limitations
- Navigation Log
- Weight and Balance
- Cockpit Management
SXC.03 - Aeromedical Factors 03.00
- Aeronautical decision making
- Resource use
- Workload management
- Basic Instrument maneuvers and procedures

INTRODUCE:
CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT
- Pre - Flight Procedure
- PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
- Flight Planning
- Cockpit Procedure
- Flight Clearance
- Radio Telephony Procedure
- Take – Off
- Standard Field Departure
- Standard Field Entry
- Map Reading
- Orientation/ Position Check
- Track Control
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 81 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

- Heading Control
- Altitude Control
- Compilation of Drift, G/S & ETD/ETA
- Weather Analysis
- Use of Radio Equipment
- Basic Air work

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

STAGE SXC.04
Stage Objective: This stage is Mutual cross country,the student will do exercise listed and
as brief by instructor

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WAHS-WADY
(Blimbingsari – Ahmad yani – Blimbingsari)

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION:
- Sectional Charts
- Lost Communication Procedures and Lost
Positions

PROCEDURES
- Route Selection and basic navigation
- procedures (pilotage and dead reckoning)
SXC.04 - Weather Information 03.00
- Fuel Requirements
- Performance and Limitations
- Navigation Log
- Weight and Balance
- Cockpit Management
- Aeromedical Factors
- Aeronautical decision making
- Resource use
- Workload management
- Basic Instrument maneuvers and procedures

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 82 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

INTRODUCE:
CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

- Pre - Flight Procedure

- PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
- Flight Planning
- Cockpit Procedure
- Flight Clearance
- Radio Telephony Procedure
- Take – Off
- Standard Field Departure
- Standard Field Entry
- Map Reading
- Orientation/ Position Check
- Track Control
- Heading Control
- Altitude Control
- Compilation of Drift, G/S & ETD/ETA
- Weather Analysis
- Use of Radio Equipment
- Basic Air work

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

STAGE SXC.05
Stage Objective: This stage is Mutual cross country,the student will do exercise listed and
as brief by instructor

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WAHS-WADY
(Blimbingsari – Ahmad yani – Blimbingsari)

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION:
SXC.05 03.00
- Sectional Charts
- Lost Communication Procedures and Lost
Positions

PROCEDURES
- Route Selection and basic navigation
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 83 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

- procedures (pilotage and dead reckoning)

- Weather Information
- Fuel Requirements
- Performance and Limitations
- Navigation Log
- Weight and Balance
- Cockpit Management
- Aeromedical Factors
- Aeronautical decision making
- Resource use
- Workload management
- Basic Instrument maneuvers and procedures

INTRODUCE:
CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT
- Pre - Flight Procedure
- PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
- Flight Planning
- Cockpit Procedure
- Flight Clearance
- Radio Telephony Procedure
- Take – Off
- Standard Field Departure
- Standard Field Entry
- Map Reading
- Orientation/ Position Check
- Track Control
- Heading Control
- Altitude Control
- Compilation of Drift, G/S & ETD/ETA
- Weather Analysis
- Use of Radio Equipment
- Basic Air work
-

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

STAGE SXC.06
Stage Objective: This stage is Mutual cross country,the student will do exercise listed and
as brief by instructor

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 84 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

WADY-WAHS-WADY
(Blimbingsari – Ahmad yani – Blimbingsari)

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION:
- Sectional Charts
- Lost Communication Procedures and Lost
Positions

PROCEDURES
- Route Selection and basic navigation
- procedures (pilotage and dead reckoning)
- Weather Information
- Fuel Requirements
- Performance and Limitations
- Navigation Log
- Weight and Balance
- Cockpit Management
- Aeromedical Factors
- Aeronautical decision making
- Resource use
- Workload management
SXC.06 03.00
- Basic Instrument maneuvers and procedures

INTRODUCE:
CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT
- Pre - Flight Procedure
- PRE-FLIGHT Preparation
- Flight Planning
- Cockpit Procedure
- Flight Clearance
- Radio Telephony Procedure
- Take – Off
- Standard Field Departure
- Standard Field Entry
- Map Reading
- Orientation/ Position Check
- Track Control
- Heading Control
- Altitude Control
- Compilation of Drift, G/S & ETD/ETA
- Weather Analysis
- Use of Radio Equipment
- Basic Air work

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 85 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: The student should perform and demonstrate pilotage for all the
workload in this stage.

STAGE DGI.07

Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Medium Turn
DGI.07  Steep Turn 01.00
 Compass Error
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.13

Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 86 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Compass Error
SGI.13  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.14
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Training area
 Standart departure
SGI.14  Practices Basic Intrument 01.00
 Preflight
 Turns
 Rate one turn
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 87 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGH.30

Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

Airmanship
Reaction Toward Flight
Air Discipline
Mental Attitude
Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
Medium Steep Turns
Climbing Turns
Descending Turns (Timing)
DGH.30 01.00
Unusual Position
Approach to Stall
- Clean
- Dirty
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure
- 8 Pattern
POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 88 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGI.15

Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW


Preflight

Training area

Standart departure

Practices Basic Intrument

Compass Error
SGI.15 01.00

Rate one turn

VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.16
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 89 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.16  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGH.31

Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Basic airwork at Area

 Airmanship
DGH.31  Area Exercise 02.00
 Slow flight
 Slow flight descending turn
 Force landing altitude
 All normal circuit exercise
 Air Discipline

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 90 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Mental Attitude

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ± 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.31
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing Turns
 Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
SGH.31 01.00
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
- Dirty
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 All circuit exercise
- Normal circuit
- Low circuit

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 91 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ± 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGH.32
Stage Objective: Mutual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing Turns
 Descending Turns (Timing)
SGH.32  Unusual Position 01.00
 Approach to Stall
- Clean
- Dirty
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 All circuit exercise
- Normal circuit
- Low circuit

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ± 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE DGH.32
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 92 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 All circuit exercise

- Normal circuit
- Low circuit
DGH.32 01.00
- Missed Approach
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure on Circuit

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGI.17
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Compass Error
SGI.17 01.00
 Rate one turn
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 93 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.18
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.18  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGH.33
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 94 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 All area exercise
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
DGH.33  Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing) 01.00
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.
STAGE SGI.19

Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
SGI.19 01.00
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Compass Error
 Rate one turn
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 95 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.20

Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.20  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 96 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DGI.08
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
DGI.08  Medium Turn 02.00
 Steep Turn
 Compass Error
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 97 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE SGI.21
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Compass Error
SGI.21  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10 degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE SGI.22
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 98 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.22  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGH.34
Stage Objective: Dual flight Visual Manuevers, Review ground reference maneuvers to
increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by
flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
DGH.34 01.00
 All area exercise
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Slow Flight
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 99 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

 Cross Checking (Scanning)

 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergencies procedure

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

STAGE SGI.23
Stage Objective: The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Preflight
 Turns
SGI.23  Rate one turn 01.00
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 Standard Arrival

POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR

NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 100 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DPC.02

Stage Objective: Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium &Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
DPC.02 02.00
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area and Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 101 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

STAGE DCC.02

Stage Objective: Company check for CPL, Review ground reference maneuvers to increase
skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium& Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
DCC.02  Stall (Clean/Dirty) 01.00
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area & Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

POST-FLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could maintain flight in ±100ft altitude, ±10degress
heading, ±5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the content of this
stage.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 102 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

CHECK RIDE BY DGCA

Stage Objective: The student will be review all flight maneuvers at the areas of operation,
further develop the students’ knowledge and skill for PPL test.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
a) Preflight Preparation
Certificates and Documents, Airworthiness
Requirements Weather Information, Cross-
Country Flight Planning, National Airspace
System, Performance and Limitations, Operation
of Systems, Water and Seaplane Characteristics,
Aeromedical Factors
b) Preflight Procedure
Preflight Inspection, Cockpit Management,
Engine Starting, Taxiing, Taxiing and Sailing,
Before Takeoff Check
c) Airport Base Operations
Radio Communications and ATC Light Signals,
Traffic Patterns, Airport/Seaplane Base, Runway,
and Taxiway Signs, Markings, and Lighting.
d) Takeoff, Landing and Go-around
Normal and Crosswind Takeoff and Climb,
Normal and Crosswind Approach and Landing,
Soft-Field Takeoff and Climb, Soft-Field
CHECK
Approach and Landing, Short-Field, Takeoff and 01,00
RIDE
Maximum Performance Climb, Short-Field
Approach and Landing, Go-Around/Rejected
Landing
e) Performance Maneuver
Steep Turns
f) Ground Reference Maneuver
Rectangular course, S-Turns, Turn Around a
Point.
g) Navigation
Pilotage and Dead Reckoning, Systems and
Radar Services, Diversion, Lost Procedure
h) Slowflight and Stall
Maneuvering During Slow Flight, Power-Off
Stalls, Power-On Stalls, Spin Awareness
i) Basic Instrument Maneuver
Straight-and-Level Flight, Constant Airspeed
Climbs, Constant Airspeed Descents, Turns to
Heading, Recovery from Unusual Flight Attitudes,
Radio Communications,
Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 103 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

j) Emergency Operation
Emergency Approach and Landing, Systems and
Equipment Malfunctions, Emergency Equipment
and Survival Gear
k) POST-FLIGHT Procedure
After Landing, Parking, and Securing

Completion Standard: The student should exhibit competence and ability to correct any
week performance area determined previously, perform each assigned maneuver and
procedure with proper coordination and precision.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 104 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. AIP based on TPM

2. Airplane Flying Handbook – (FAA-H-8083-3A)
3. Aviation Weather for Pilot and Flight Operation (FAA AC-00-6A)
4. Commercial Pilot FAA Knowledge Test, Irvin N. Gleim, Garrett w. Gleim, 2010
5. Ground school Workbook for Private Pilots, Dan K. Dyer. 209
6. Instrument Commercial Stage Exams, Jeppensen, 2000
7. Instrument Flying Handbook (FAA-H-8083-15A)
8. Jeppesen Aviation Weather
9. Jeppesen Commercial Pilot Exams
10. Jeppesen FAA Airmen Knowledge
11. Latest Annex 10
12. Latest Annex 13
13. Latest CASR part 61
14. Latest CASR part 830
15. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
16. Pilot Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (FAA-H-8083-25)
17. Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements, Cessna, 1998
18. POH Cessna 172 SP
19. SI PTS 8081 – 12 CPL For Airplane

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 105 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

2.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. Consider the following statements on the NDB transmitter:

a. It is operating in the MF/HF band.
b. It is very simple, being required to transmit only a carrier wave and an
identification.
c. To overcome the limitations caused by line of sight propagation, high-power
transmitters must be used.
d. In Europe, most NDBs operate in the frequency band 455 - 1750 kHz.

2. Which of the following frequency-bands is used by the Loran C navigation system?

a. 90 - 110 kHz.
b. 1750 - 1950 kHz.
c. 10.2 - 13.6 kHz.
d. 978 - 1213 MHz.

3. Which of the following statements is correct in respect of a RF signal:

a. both the electrical and magnetic components are parralel to the aerial.
b. the magnetic component of the signal is parallel to the aerial.
c. the plane of polarisation is dictated by the oscillator unit in the transmitter.
d. the electrical component of the signal is parallel to the aerial.

4. Which of the following correctly gives the principle of operation of the Loran C
navigation system?
a. Phase comparison between synchronized transmissions.
b. Differential range by pulse technique.
c. Differential range by phase comparison.
d. Frequency shift between synchronized transmissions.

5. An aircraft heading 040 (M) has an ADF reading of 060 Relative. The alteration of
heading required to intercept the 120 track inbound to the NDB at 50° is:
a. 040° Right.
b. 050° Right.
c. 020° Right.
d. 030° Right.

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 106 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 2
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE COMMERCIAL PILOT
CERTIFICATION

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : CPL 107 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3. INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.1 ABOUT THIS TRAINING INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA
Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara
Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa
Timur 68462 as home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo
Airport Sumenep,

3.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Instrument Rating Course Land Class Rating.

3.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Instrument Rating Course Land

Class Curriculum Include:
1) 80 hours of ground training
2) 24 hours of flight training
3) 16 hours of simulator flight training

3.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Instrument Rating Course Land Class Rating
Curriculum Include:
1) Hold at least a current Private pilot license with an aircraft rating
appropriate to be instrument rating sought;
2) Min TOEIC 500, and understand the English language;
3) Comply with the CASR 61 and 141.

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Instrument Rating
Course contained in Appendix I of CASR 141. These curriculum contents
are intended to parallel the Instrument Rating Certification Course Land
Practical Test Standards.

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and
a flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

3.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for a
Instrument Rating Certification Course Land Class Rating.

3.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the
knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain a
Instrument Rating Certification Course land class rating.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: IR 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Instrument Rating Course ground training at
Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan
Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462 It consist of 3 (three)
classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m x
4,85m for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms at
Hangar Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a
maximum of 12 students. The room is also equipped with stationery,
white board, chairs, tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and
health codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will
not be distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

3.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

3.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the
API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose.
In front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside
Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose.
In front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located
next to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters
square and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for
planning purpose. In front of the briefing room has 3 tall chairs for
student waiting. The Flight Operation Center has a full set of
aeronautical chart, VHF radio communication transceiver for the Flight
Following.

3.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School
Information (2.8.4)

3.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Chief Flight Instructor for this course is Capt. Biyan Barlian.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 2 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W..

3.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial
Pilot License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be
the holder of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category
rating, Instrument Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer
to Instructor Level (Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be
have Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which
approved by Associated Regulator.

3.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 5 Training Course Outline

Date:February 28th, 2020 Page: IR 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 80 HOURS

3.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 141xC.3.(B) for Instrument Rating
Course.

3.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141XC.3.(B) for Instrument
Rating Course.

3.2.3 Ground IR Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

IR Air law and Aeronautical Information and 16.00

ALA
Publication

Flight Performance and Flight Planning FPP 08.00

Aircraft Instrument and Attitude Instrument Flying AIT 08.00

Airframe and Aircraft System AAS 08.00

Aircraft Performance, Weight and Balance APW 08.00

Radio Navigation RAN 16.00

Meteorology MET 08.00

Human Performance and Limitation HPL 08.00

TOTAL 80.00

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 4 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

IR Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating
STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

IR GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 5 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.2.3.1 Air law and Aeronautical Information Publication

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Applicable Civil Aviation Safety Regulations for IFR flight operation 02.00

2. Air traffic control system and procedure for instrument flight operation 04.00

3. IFR Navigation and approaches by use of navigation system 02.00

4. Flight Time Limitation and Cross Country flight training 02.00

Compliance with departure, en-route and arrival procedure, clearance

5. 02.00
and loss of communications

6. Safe and efficient operation of aircraft under instrument flight rules and 01.00
conditions
7. Appropriate information in the Aeronatical Information Publication 01.00

8. EXAMINATION BY INSTRUCTOR 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

3.2.3.2 Flight Performance and Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. 02.00
FLIGHT PERFORMANCE
 Performance of Flight of Twin Engine Aeroplane
 Take-off Performance, Multi-engine over 5,700 Kg
 Accelerate-Stop Distance
 Climb
 Cruise
 Descend & Landing
 Jet Aeroplane Performance
2. 01.00
WEIGHT & BALANCE
 Introduction to Mass & Balance
 Loading
 Center of Gravity
3. 02.00
ATS Flight Plan relating Instrument Flight Rules
4. 02.00
Operational flight plan for IFR operations

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

6. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

3.2.3.3 Aircraft Instrument and Attitude Instrument Flying

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Aircraft system related to IFR operation 02.00

2. Use of IFR en route and instrument approach procedure charts 02.00

3. Basic instrument flight maneuvers 02.00

4. Approach with loss of primary basic instrument flight instrument indicator 01.00

5. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

3.2.3.4 Meteorology

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Procurement and use of aviation weather reports and forecasts, 02.00
and the elements of forecasting weather trends on the basis of that
information and personal observation of weather conditions
2. Pressure and temperature 01.00
3. Atmospheric stability 01.00
4. Clouds and turbulence 01.00

5. Recognition of critical weather situation and windshear avoidance 01.00

6. Meteorological services 01.00

7. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Date:January 4th,2021 Page: IR 7 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.2.3.5 Radio Navigasi

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Instrument cockpit check (VOR/VORTAC) 02.00

2. Intercepting and tracking NDB and VOR 02.00

3. Instrument Landing System 02.00

4. Departure charts and procedures 01.00

5. Holding 01.00

6. Arrival chart and procedures 01.00

7. Use of IFR enroute and instrument approach procedure charts 02.00

8. VOR and NDB approach 01.00

9. ILS approach 01.00

10. RNAV approach 01.00

11. CATI, II, and III operation 01.00

12. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 16.00

3.2.3.6 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Powered flight control systems 01.00

2. Variable incidence tall plane 01.00

3. Yaw and roll dampers 01.00

4. Lift spoilers and speed brakes 01.00

5. Automatic spoilers and speed brakes 01.00

6. Modern integrated systems 01.00

7, Automatic approach and landing 01.00

8. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Date:January 4th,2021 Page: IR 8 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.2.3.7 Aircraft Performance, Weight and Balance

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Use of a typical Aircraft performance manual 01.00

2. Take-off and landing mass calculations 01.00

3. Take-off, climb, and cruise computations 01.00

4. Fuel planning 01.00

5. Take-off and landing masses 01.00

6. Performance data 01.00

7. Payload computations 01.00

8. Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

3.2.3.8 Human Performance and Limitation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Crew resource management, to include crew communication and 01.00

coordination

2. Attitudes and behaviors 01.00

3. Communication skills 01.00

4. Problem solving Human factors 01.00

5. Aeronautical decision making and judgment 01.00

6. Team building and maintenance 01.00

7. Workload management 01.00

8 Examination by Instructor 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Date:January 4th,2021 Page: IR 9 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.2.3.9 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action: 03.00

 Information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,
data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 Plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be
completed or delays are encountered
5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

3.2.3.10 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00
3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00
4. System Configuration 02,00
5. Flight Scenario 02,00
6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00
7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00
8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00
TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 10 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

INSTRUMENT RATING CERTIFICATION COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
FLIGHT TRAINING: 24 Hours
SIMULATOR TRAINING: 16 Hours

3.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Instrument Rating
Course:
1) Hold at least a valid first class medical certificate issued under Part 67 of
the CASRs;
2) Hold at least PPL Single Engine;

3.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for an Instrument Rating Certification Course with an
airplane category rating and Single Engine land class rating.

3.3.3 Use of Flight Training Devices (FTD)

Flight Training Devices (FTDs) may be used for some of the additional SE
flight training time that is required CASR Part 141, Appendix C. Training in a
flight simulator may be credited for maximum of initial 40 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this section,
whichever is less. Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi used Redbird
FMX and ALSim 172 in this TCO.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: IR 11 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.3.4 Training IR Syllabus

AATD TOTAL
STAGE CODE FLT HRS
HRS HRS

Radio Instrument RI 10.00 10.00 22.00

Instrument Cross Country XCI 12.00 06.00 18.00

Preparation of Instrument Rating

DPC 01.00 - -
Check

Instrument Rating Company

DCC 01.00 - -
Check

TOTAL 24.00 16.00 40.00

NO CODE SYLLABUS HOURS

1 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking and 01.00
36 Homing Procedures

2 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking and 01.00
37 Homing Procedures.

3 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking, 01.00
38 homing and intercepting Procedures.

4 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking, 01.00
39 homing and intercepting Procedures, and procedure turn.

5 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking, 01.00
40 homing and intercepting Procedures, and DME arching.

6 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking, 01.00
41 homing and intercepting Procedures, and DME arching or
procedure turn.

7 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Non-Precision 01.00

42 Approach procedure, Missed Approach Procedure, Circle to
land procedure.

8 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Precision 01.00

43 Approach procedure, ALS or localizer malfunction operation,
Circle to land procedure.

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 12 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

9 AATD Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Non-Precision or 01.00

44 Precision Approach procedure, Missed Approach Procedure,
Circle to land procedure.

10 AATD Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument En Route (minimum 03.00

45 200 NM), Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation
Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion and Communication
Procedure, STAR & SID, implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Approach

11 AATD Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument En route (minimum 03.00

46 200 NM), Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation
Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion and Communication
Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Approach

12 AATD Preparation of Instrument Rating Check: 01.00

47
SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing, procedure turn, STAR,
Entry Holding, Holding, Precision or Non-Precision Approach

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 13 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

STAGE AATD 36
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Air Traffic Control Clearance and procedures, ADF
Tracking and Homing Procedures.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

AATD a) Input ADF Frequency

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, 01.00
36
c) ADF Tracking and Homing Procedures

Completion standards: The student perform homing and tracking procedure on ADF
frequency.

STAGE AATD 37
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Air Traffic Control Clearance and procedures, VOR
Tracking and Homing Procedures.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

AATD a) Input VOR Frequency

01.00
37 b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
c) VOR Tracking and Homing Procedures

Completion standards: The student perform homing and tracking procedure on VOR
frequency.

STAGE AATD 38

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Air Traffic Control Clearance and procedures, ADF
Tracking, homing and intercepting Procedures.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,

AATD b) ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting 01.00
38 Procedures.

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 14 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Completion standards: The student perform homing, tracking, and interception procedure
on ADF frequency.

STAGE AATD 39
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Air Traffic Control Clearance and procedures, ADF
Tracking, homing and intercepting Procedures, and procedure turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,

AATD
b) ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting 01.00
39
Procedures, and
c) Procedure turns.

Completion standards: The student perform homing, tracking, interception, and procedure
turns on ADF frequency.

STAGE AATD 40
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting Procedures,
and DME arching.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,

AATD
b) VOR Tracking, 01.00
40
c) homing and intercepting Procedures, and
d) DME arching.

Completion standards: The student perform Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting Procedures, and DME arching on VOR frequency.

Date:January 4th,2021 Page: IR 15 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

STAGE AATD 41

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting Procedures,
and DME arching or procedure turn.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,

AATD b) VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
01.00
41 Procedures, and
c) DME arching or
d) Procedure turn.

Completion standards: The student perform VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and DME arching or procedure turn.

STAGE AATD 42
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument, Non-Precision Approach procedure, Missed
Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures

AATD
b) Non-Precision Approach procedure, 01.00
42
c) Missed Approach Procedure,
d) Circle to land procedure.

Completion standards: The student perform Non-Precision Approach procedure, Missed

Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure.

Date:January 4th,2021 Page: IR 16 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

STAGE AATD 43

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Precision Approach procedure, ALS or localizer
malfunction operation, Circle to land procedure.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,

AATD
b) Precision Approach procedure, 01.00
43
c) ALS or localizer malfunction operation,
d) Circle to land procedure.

Completion standards: The student perform Precision Approach procedure, ALS or

localizer malfunction operation, Circle to land procedure.

STAGE AATD 44

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Non-Precision or Precision Approach procedure,

Missed Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,

AATD b) Non-Precision or Precision Approach
01.00
44 procedure,
c) Missed Approach Procedure,
d) Circle to land procedure.

Completion standards: The student perform Precision or Precision Approach procedure,

Missed Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure.

STAGE AATD 45

Stage Objective: Dual Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument En Route (minimum 200 NM), Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio &
Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR &
SID, Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Approach. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 17 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Flight Planning,
b) Map Reading,
c) Instrument En Route (minimum 200 NM),
d) Position Report,
e) Weather analysis,
AATD
f) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, 03.00
45
g) Flight Log,
h) Diversion and Communication Procedure,
i) STAR & SID,
j) Implementation VNV procedure,
k) Precision or Non-Precision Approach

Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument
EnRoute (minimum 200 NM), Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID,
Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Approach

STAGE AATD 46
Stage Objective: Dual Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument En Route (minimum 200 NM), Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio &
Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR &
SID, Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Approach. Practice other
maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Flight Planning,
b) Map Reading,
c) Instrument En Route (minimum 200 NM),
d) Position Report,
e) Weather analysis,
AATD f) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
03.00
46 g) Flight Log,
h) Diversion and
i) Communication Procedure,
j) STAR & SID,
k) Implementation VNV procedure,
l) Precision or Non-Precision Approach

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 18 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument En
Route (minimum 200 NM), Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID,
Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Approach

STAGE AATD 47
Stage Objective:

Preparation Radio Instrument Check : All exercise about SID, Interception, Tracking,
Homing, procedure turn, STAR, Entry Holding, Holding, Precision or Non-Precision
Approach. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) SID,
b) Interception,
c) Tracking,
AATD d) Homing,
01.00
47 e) procedure turn,
f) STAR,
g) Entry Holding,
h) Holding,
i) Precision or Non-Precision Approach

Completion standards: The student perform SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing,

procedure turn, STAR, Entry Holding, Holding, Precision or Non-Precision Approach

Date:January 4th,2021 Page: IR 19 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

FLIGHT TRAINING IR STAGE

FLIGHT TRAINING INSTRUMENT RATING SYLLABUS

NUMBER
IR
FLIGHT EXPERIENCE OF
STAGE
HOURS

DRI 01 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures, Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking
and Homing Procedures, Post Flight Procedures.

DRI 02 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures, Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking
and Homing Procedures, Post Flight Procedures.

DRI 03 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures ,Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking,
homing and intercepting Procedures, Post Flight
Procedures.

DRI 04 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures, Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking,
homing and intercepting Procedures, and procedure
turn, Post Flight Procedures.

DRI 05 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures, Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking,
homing and intercepting Procedures, and DME
arching, Post Flight Procedures.

DRI 06 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures, Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking,
homing and intercepting Procedures, and DME
arching or procedure turn, Post Flight Procedures.

DRI 07 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures ,Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures ,Non-Precision
Approach procedure, Missed Approach Procedure,
Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.

DRI 08 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures ,air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures ,Precision
Approach procedure, ALS or localizer malfunction
operation, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight
Procedures.

Date: January 4th,2021 Page: IR 20 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

DRI 09 Radio Instrument Preflight preparation and procedures, Air Traffic 01.00
control Clearance and procedures ,Non-Precision or
Precision Approach procedure, Missed Approach
Procedure, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight
Procedures.

DXCI Instrument Short WADY-WARR-WADY 00.30

01 Cross Country
(A,B) WADY-WART-WADY

WADY-WADL-WADY

A. Departure
a) Pre-flight preparation for IFR cross country;
b) Flight procedure;
c) Flight Planning,
d) Map Reading,
e) Instrument En Route
f) Position Report,
B. Arrival 01.00
a) Weather analysis
b) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment
c) Flight Log
d) Diversion and Communication Procedure
e) STAR & SID
f) Implementation VNV procedure
g) Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach.
DXCI Instrument Short WADY-WARR-WADY 00.30
02 Cross Country
(A,B) WADY-WART-WADY

WADY-WADL-WADY

A. Departure
a) Pre-flight preparation for IFR cross country;
b) Flight procedure;
c) Flight Planning,
d) Map Reading,
e) Instrument En Route
f) Position Report,
B. Arrival 01.00
a) Weather analysis
b) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment
c) Flight Log
d) Diversion and Communication Procedure
e) STAR & SID

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 21 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

f) Implementation VNV procedure

g) Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach.
DXCI Instrument Long WADY-WAHS-WADY 01.00
03 Cross Country
(A,B,C) WADY-WADS-WADY

WIRR-WAHS-WIRR

A.Climb

Flight Planning, Climb Briefing, Map Reading,

Position Report, Weather analysis Radio &
Navigation Aid Equipment, and Communication
Procedure

B.Cruise 01.00

Position Report, Weather analysis Radio &

Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion,
Communication Procedure, Cruise Checklist, TOD
Briefing, Fuel Calculating, Critical Point and Point No
Return

C.Descend 01.00

Descend Briefing, Position Report, STAR & SID,

Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-
Precision Instrument Approach.Weather analysis
Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Diversion, and
Communication Procedure

DXCI Instrument Long WADY-WAHS-WADY 01.00

04 Cross Country
(A,B,C) WADY-WADS-WADY

WIRR-WAHS-WIRR

A.Climb

Flight Planning, Climb Briefing, Map Reading,

Position Report, Weather analysis Radio &
Navigation Aid Equipment, and Communication
Procedure

B.Cruise 01.00

Position Report, Weather analysis Radio &

Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion,
Communication Procedure, Cruise Checklist, TOD
Briefing, Fuel Calculating, Critical Point and Point No
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 22 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Return

C.Descend 01.00

Descend Briefing, Position Report, STAR & SID,

Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-
Precision Instrument Approach.Weather analysis
Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Diversion, and
Communication Procedure

DXCI Instrument Long WADY-WAHS-WADY 01.00

05 Cross Country
(A,B,C) WADY-WADS-WADY

WIRR-WAHS-WIRR

A.Climb

Flight Planning, Climb Briefing, Map Reading,

Position Report, Weather analysis Radio &
Navigation Aid Equipment, and Communication
Procedure

B.Cruise 01.00

Position Report, Weather analysis Radio &

Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log, Diversion,
Communication Procedure, Cruise Checklist, TOD
Briefing, Fuel Calculating, Critical Point and Point No
Return

C.Descend 01.00

Descend Briefing, Position Report, STAR & SID,

Implementation VNV procedure, Precision or Non-
Precision Instrument Approach.Weather analysis
Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Diversion, and
Communication Procedure

DPC 03 Preparation of Preparation of Instrument Rating Check: 02.00

Instrument Rating
Check SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing, Procedure
Turn, STAR, Entry Holding, Holding, Precision or
Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

DCC 03 Instrument Rating Instrument Rating Company Check: 01.00

Company Check
SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, Entry
Holding, Holding, procedure turn, Precision or Non-
Precision Instrument Approach.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 23 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Student must be completed DPC 03 and AATD 47

and release by Flight and Simulator Instructor,
Ready for check.

TOTAL 24.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

STAGE DRI 01

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking and Homing Procedures, Post
Flight Procedures.Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
DRI 01 01.00
c) ADF Tracking and Homing Procedures,
d) Post Flight Procedures.

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking and Homing Procedures, Post Flight
Procedures.

STAGE DRI 02

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking and Homing Procedures, Post
Flight Procedures.Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
DRI 02 01.00
c) ADF Tracking and Homing Procedures,
d) Post Flight Procedures.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 24 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking and Homing Procedures, Post Flight
Procedures.

STAGE DRI 03

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, Post Flight Procedures. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight
Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures ,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
DRI 03 c) ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting 01.00
Procedures,
d) Post Flight Procedures.

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DRI 04

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and procedure turn, Post Flight Procedures.Practice other maneuvers as
directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
DRI 04 c) ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting 01.00
Procedures, and
d) procedure turn,
e) Post Flight Procedures.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 25 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, ADF Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and procedure turn, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DRI 05

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and DME arching, Post Flight Procedures.Practice other maneuvers as directed
by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
c) VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
DRI 05 01.00
Procedures, and
d) DME arching,
e) Post Flight Procedures.

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and DME arching, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DRI 06

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and DME arching or procedure turn, Post Flight Procedures.Practice other
maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
c) VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
DRI 06 01.00
Procedures, and
d) DME arching or procedure turn,
e) Post Flight Procedures.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 26 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, VOR Tracking, homing and intercepting
Procedures, and DME arching or procedure turn, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DRI 07

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Non-Precision Approach procedure, Missed
Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.Practice other
maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures ,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
DRI 07 c) Non-Precision Approach procedure, 01.00
d) Missed Approach Procedure,
e) Circle to land procedure,
f) Post Flight Procedures.

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Non-Precision Approach procedure, Missed
Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DRI 08
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Precision Approach procedure, ALS or localizer
malfunction operation, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.Practice other
maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures ,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures ,
DRI 08 c) Precision Approach procedure, 01.00
d) ALS or localizer malfunction operation,
e) Circle to land procedure,
f) Post Flight Procedures.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 27 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Precision Approach procedure, ALS or localizer
malfunction operation, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DRI 09
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Preflight preparation and procedures,
Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Non-Precision or Precision Approach
procedure, Missed Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.
Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) Preflight preparation and procedures,

b) Air Traffic control Clearance and procedures,
c) Non-Precision or Precision Approach
DRI 09 procedure, 01.00
d) Missed Approach Procedure,
e) Circle to land procedure, Post Flight
Procedures.

Completion standards: The student perform Preflight preparation and procedures, Air
Traffic control Clearance and procedures, Non-Precision or Precision Approach procedure,
Missed Approach Procedure, Circle to land procedure, Post Flight Procedures.

STAGE DXC 01

Stage Objective: Dual Short Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument EnRoute, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV
procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
WADY-WARR-WADY

WADY-WART-WADY

WADY-WADL-WADY 00.30
DXC 01
(A,B) A. DEPARTURE
a) Flight Planning
b) Map Reading
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 28 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

c) Instrument En Route
d) Position Report
e) Weather analysis
f) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment
g) Flight Log
h) Diversion and Communication Procedure

B. ARRIVAL:
a) Position Report
b) Weather analysis
c) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment
d) Flight Log
01.00
e) Diversion and Communication Procedure,
f) STAR & SID
g) Implementation VNV procedure
h) Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach.

Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument
EnRoute, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log,
Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

STAGE DXC 02
Stage Objective: Dual Short Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument En Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV
procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
WADY-WARR-WADY

WADY-WART-WADY

WADY-WADL-WADY
00.30
DXC 02 A. DEPARTURE
(A,B) a) Flight Planning
b) Map Reading
c) Instrument En Route
d) Position Report

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 29 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

e) Weather analysis
f) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment
g) Flight Log
h) Diversion and Communication Procedure

B. ARRIVAL:
a) Position Report
b) Weather analysis
c) Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment
d) Flight Log
01.00
e) Diversion and Communication Procedure,
f) STAR & SID
g) Implementation VNV procedure
h) Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach.

Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument En
Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log,
Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.
STAGE DXC 03

Stage Objective: Dual Long Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument En Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV
procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

WADY-WAHS-WADY

WART-WADL-WART

WIRR-WAHS-WIRR

DXC 03 A.Climb
03.00
(A,B,C)
- Flight Planning
- Climb Briefing
- Map Reading
- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 30 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

B.Cruise

- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Flight Log
- Diversion 01.00
- Communication Procedure
- Cruise Checklist
- TOD Briefing
- Fuel Calculating
- Critical Point and Point No Return
C.Descend

- Descend Briefing
- Position Report
- Communication Procedure STAR & SID,
- Implementation VNV procedure,
- Precision or Non-Precision Instrument 01.00
Approach.
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Diversion
- Communication Procedure
Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument En
Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log,
Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

STAGE DXC 04

Stage Objective: Dual Long Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument En Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV
procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

WADY-WAHS-WADY

DXC 04 WART-WADL-WART
03.00
(A,B,C)
WIRR-WAHS-WIRR

A.Climb

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 31 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

- Flight Planning
- Climb Briefing
- Map Reading
- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
B.Cruise

- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Flight Log
- Diversion 01.00
- Communication Procedure
- Cruise Checklist
- TOD Briefing
- Fuel Calculating
- Critical Point and Point No Return
C.Descend

- Descend Briefing
- Position Report
- Communication Procedure STAR & SID,
- Implementation VNV procedure,
- Precision or Non-Precision Instrument 01.00
Approach.
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Diversion
- Communication Procedure

Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument En
Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log,
Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

STAGE DXC 05
Stage Objective: Dual Long Cross Country Flight Instrument, Flight Planning, Map Reading,
Instrument En Route, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment,
Flight Log, Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV
procedure, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach. Practice other maneuvers as
directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 32 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

WADY-WAHS-WADY

WART-WADL-WART

WIRR-WAHS-WIRR

A.Climb
03.00
- Flight Planning
- Climb Briefing
- Map Reading
- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
B.Cruise

- Position Report
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
DXC 05 Equipment
(A,B,C) - Flight Log
- Diversion 01.00
- Communication Procedure
- Cruise Checklist
- TOD Briefing
- Fuel Calculating
- Critical Point and Point No Return
C.Descend

- Descend Briefing
- Position Report
- Communication Procedure STAR & SID,
- Implementation VNV procedure,
- Precision or Non-Precision Instrument 01.00
Approach.
- Weather analysis Radio & Navigation Aid
Equipment
- Diversion
- Communication Procedure

Completion standards: The student perform Flight Planning, Map Reading, Instrument
EnRoute, Position Report, Weather analysis, Radio & Navigation Aid Equipment, Flight Log,
Diversion and Communication Procedure, STAR & SID, Implementation VNV procedure,
Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

STAGE DPC 03
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing, Procedure
Turn, STAR, Entry Holding, Holding, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach.Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 33 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

(Preparation of Instrument Rating Check)

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

a) SID,
b) Interception, Tracking, Homing,
c) Procedure Turn,
DPC 03 d) STAR, 02.00
e) Entry Holding,
f) Holding,
g) Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach

Completion standards: The student perform SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing,

Procedure Turn, STAR, Entry Holding, Holding, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach

STAGE DCC 03
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, Entry
Holding, Holding, procedure turn, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

(Instrument Rating Company Check)

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
a) SID,
b) Interception, Tracking, Homing,
c) STAR,
d) Entry Holding,
e) Holding,
DCC 03 f) procedure turn, 01.00
g) Precision or Non-Precision Instrument
Approach.

Student must be completed DPC 03 and AATD 47

and release by Flight and Simulator Instructor, Ready
for check.

Completion standards: The student perform SID, Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR,
Entry Holding, Holding, procedure turn, Precision or Non-Precision Instrument Approach.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 34 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. AIP-Indonesia
2. Airplane Flying Handbook – (FAA-H-8083-3A)
3. Aviation Weather for Pilot and Flight Operation (FAA AC-00-6A)
4. Commercial Pilot FAA Knowledge Test, Irvin N. Gleim, Garrett w. Gleim, 2010
5. Ground school Workbook for Private Pilots, Dan K. Dyer. 209
6. Instrument Commercial Stage Exams, Jeppesen, 2000
7. Instrument Commercial Syllabus, Jeppesen, 2006
8. Instrument Flying Handbook (FAA-H-8083-15A)
9. Latest Annex 10
10. Latest Annex 13
11. Latest CASR part 61
12. Latest CASR part 830
13. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
14. Pilot Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (FAA-H-8083-25)
15. Pilot Safety and Warning Supplements, Cessna, 1998
16. POH Cessna 172 SP
17. The Psychology of Flight Training (IOAWA State University – Ross Telfer& John
Biggs)

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 35 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

3.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. The aircraft flies from position 500 N 1750 W to a new position 500 N 1750 E
crossing the international date line, the observer should –
a. Decrease the date and LMT increase
b. Increase the date and LMT increases
c. Increase the date and LMT decreases
2. A co-located VOR/DME is being used to track on airway inbound on the 1600 radial,
at 60 nm DME range, the VOR indicates 3360 on the OBS and FROM/TO reads ‘TO’,
the aircraft position is –
a. VOR, CDI needle indicates one dot to the right
b. 4nm left of the airway center line
c. 4 nm starboard of the airway center line

3. The radio altimeter determines aircraft height by –

a. Measuring the time interval between outgoing and incoming signals
b. Employing a pulse modulation pattern
c. Comparing the frequencies of the outgoing and the incoming signals
4. Listed below are factors which change density altitude –
A. Decreasing barometric pressure
B. Increasing barometric pressure
C. Decreasing temperature
D. Increasing temperature
E. Decreasing relative humidity
F. Increasing relative humidity
Select the factors, which increase the density altitude at a given airport;
a. A, D & E
b. B,C & E
c. A, D & F
5. If a flight is made from an area of low pressure into an area of high pressure without
the altimeter setting being adjusted and a constant indicated altitude is maintained,
the altimeter would indicate –
a. The actual altitude above the sea level
b. Higher than the actual altitude above sea level
c. Lower than the actual altitude above sea level

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 36 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 3
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
INSTRUMENT RATING COURSE

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: IR 37 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4. FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION COURSE

4.1 ABOUT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION COURSE

4.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA
Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi,
Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462 as
home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo Airport in Sumenep,

4.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Flight Instructor Certification Course Land Class Rating.

4.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Flight Instructor Certification Course

Curriculum Include:
1) 72 hours of ground training
2) 25 hours of flight training

4.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Flight Instructor Certification Course Curriculum

Include:
The prerequisites for enrolling in the ground portion of the Single Engine
Course:
1) Hold a commercial pilot license;
2) Be able to read, write and converse fluently in English language;
3) Be at least 18 years of age but less than 60 years of age;
4) Be of good moral character;
5) Comply with the CASR 61 and 141.

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Flight Instructor
Certification Course contained in Appendix F of CASR 141. These curriculum
contents are intended to parallel the Flight Instructor Certification Course
Practical Test Standards.

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and a
flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

4.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for a Flight
Instructor Certification Course.

4.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the knowledge,
skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain a Flight Instructor
Certification Course.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIC 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Single Engine Course ground training at
Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan
Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462. It consist of 3 (three)
classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m x 4,85m
for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms at Hangar
Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a maximum of 12
students. The room is also equipped with stationery, white board, chairs,
tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and health
codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will not be
distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

4.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information (2.6.1.),
(2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

4.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the API
Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and equipped
with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In front of the
briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight Operation Center
has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio communication transceiver for
the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside Trunojoyo
airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and equipped with
numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In front of the
briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight Operation Center
has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio communication transceiver for
the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located next
to the API Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters square and equipped
with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In front of the
briefing room has 3 tall chairs for student waiting. The Flight Operation
Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio communication
transceiver for the Flight Following.

4.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information (2.8.4)

4.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Chief Flight Instructor for this course is Capt. Biyan Barlian.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: FIC 2 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

4.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial
Pilot License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be the
holder of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category rating,
Instrument Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer to
Instructor Level (Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be have
Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which approved by
Associated Regulator.

4.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 5 Training Course Outline

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIC 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 72 HOURS

4.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 141xF.3.(b) for a Flight Instructor
Certification Course.

4.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xF.3.(b) for Pilot Flight
Instructor Certification Course.

4.2.3 Ground FIC Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

FI Fundamental of Instructing FOI

 The Learning Process FIG1 05.00

 Human Behavior FIG2 05.00

 Effective Communication FIG3 05.00

 Lesson Planning and Course development FIG4 05.00

 Elements of Effective Teaching Methods FIG5 05.00

 The Instructor as a Critic FIG6 05.00

 Student Evaluation and Testing FIG7 05.00

 Classroom Training Techniques FIG8 05.00

Flight Instructor Course FIC

 The FI Characteristic &Responsibilities FIG9 06.00

 Method/Technique of Flight Instruction FIG10 06.00

 Flight Training Syllabus (Maneuvers and FIG11 05.00

Procedures)
 Aerodynamics Useful for Flight Instructions FIG12 05.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 4 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Aeromedical Information Useful for Flight FIG13 05.00

Instruction/Human Factor
 Examination & Teaching Practice FIG14 05.00

TOTAL 72.00

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

FI Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

FI GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 5 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.2.3.1 General Instruction Skill (Basic Instruction Course/Training for Trainer)

CODE SYLLABUS HOURS

The Learning Process

 Definition, Characteristic & Rules

FIG 1  Process, Level & Skill of learning 05.00
 Forgetting & Retention
 Transfer of Learning
 Habit Formation

Human Behavior

 Control of Human Behavior

FIG 2 05.00
 Human Needs
 Defense Mechanism
 The Instructor Roles

Effective Communication
FIG 3 05.00
 Basic Elements of COMM Process
 Barriers & Effective Communication

Lesson planning and course development

FIG 4  Preparation 05.00

 Presentation/Application
 Review and Evaluation

Elements of effective teachingmethod

 Organizing Material
FIG 5  Lecture Method 05.00
 Guided Discussion Method
 Demonstration-Performance Method
 Programmed Instruction

The Instructor as a Critic

 Purpose of a Critic
FIG 6 05.00
 Characteristic of an Effective Critic
 Method of Critic
 Ground Rules of Critiquing

Student evaluation & testing

FIG 7 05.00
 Oral Quizzing

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Written Test
 Performance Test

Classroom training techniques

 Theory behind the use of Instructional Aids

FIG 8  Reasons for Using Instructional Aids 05.00
 Guideline for the use of Instructional Aids
Type of Instructional Aids
 Course development

TOTAL 40.00

4.2.3.2 Flight Instructor Course

CODE SYLLABUS HOURS

The FI Characteristic & Responsibilities

 Professionalism and Qualification

 Helping Student Pilot Learn
 Evaluation of Student’s Piloting Ability
FIG 9  FI as Practical Psychologist 06.00
 Student Pilot Supervision & Surveillance
 Instrument rating
 Flight Test Recommendation
 Aircraft category & class rating
 Airplane Checkouts & Refresher Training
Method/Technique of Flight Instruction

 Technique Objectives
 Basic Instruction Procedure
FIG 10 06.00
 Precautions
 The ‘Telling & Doing’ Technique
 The Integrated Technique
 Obstacle of Learning During Instruction
Ground Training Syllabus

 Rules Regulation and Air Law

FIG 11  Flight Navigations 05.00
 Flight Planning
 Meteorology
 Conduct of Flight Operations
 Aircraft Performance, Weight and Balance

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 7 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Principle of Flight
 Aerodynamics
 Airframe & Aircraft System
 Aircraft Instrument
 Human Performance and Limitations
 Aircraft Power Plant
 Radio Aids to Air Navigations
 Air Traffic Management

Aerodynamics Useful for Flight Instruction

 The Four Fundamental: Straight & Level, Climbing, Gliding, and

Turning
 Critical Airspeeds/OPS limitations
FIG 12  Angle of Attack 05.00
 Airplane Loading
 Use of Flaps
 Ground Effect
 Torque and ‘P’ Factor
 Controllable Propeller
Aeromedical Information Useful for Flight Instruction/Human Factor

 General Health
 Specific Aeromedical Factors: Fatigue, Hypoxia, Alcohol & Drug,
FIG 13 Vertigo, Carbon Monoxide, Vision, Hearing, Middle ear pain 05.00
 SCUBA diving
 Psychological Aspects of Piloting: Anxiety, Stress, Handling the
Difficult Student & Abnormal Students

FIG 14 05.00
 Examination & Teaching Practice

TOTAL 32.00

4.2.3.3 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 8 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action: 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

4.2.3.4 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 9 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR CERTIFICATION COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
FLIGHT TRAINING: 25 Hours

4.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Single Engine Course:
a) Hold a commercial pilot license;
b) Be able to read, write and converse fluently in English language;
c) Be at least 18 years of age but less than 60 years of age;
d) Be of good moral character;
e) Comply with the CASR 61 and 141.

4.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to meet
the requirements for a Flight Instructor Certification Course with an airplane
category rating and Single-engine land class rating.

4.3.3 Flight FIC Syllabus

FLIGHT TRAINING

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 03.00

General Handling GH 05.00

General Instrument GI 06.00

Radio Instrument RI 05.00

Preparation Check PC 05.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 25.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIC 10 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE SYLLABUS

NO GROUP CODE SYLLABUS HOURS

1 Familiarization FIC FAM  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00

01  Fundamental of flight
 Airport operation
 Basic VFR air work
 Straight & Level flight
 Turn
 Climb
 Descend
 Change of Airspeed
 Flaps configuration
 Approaching to stall
 Circuit Pattern
 Post Flight Procedures
2 Familiarization FIC FAM  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
02  Fundamental of flight
 Airport operation
 Basic VFR air work
 Straight & Level flight
 Turn
 Climb
 Descend
 Change of Airspeed
 Flaps configuration
 Approaching to stall
 Circuit Pattern
 Post Flight Procedures
3 Familiarization FIC FAM  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
03  Fundamental of flight
 Airport operation
 Circuit Procedure;
 Low Circuit;
 Flapless landing;
 Recovery Bouncing;
 Action after landing
 Crosswind Take Off and Landing
 Emergency
 Post Flight Procedures
4 General Handling FIC-DGH  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 01  General aeroplane data (category,
limitations, fuel and oil)
Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 11 Issued 02
Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Controls and systems

 Operating airspeeds and limitations
 Pre-flight actions
 Use of checklists
 Taxiing
 Take-off and after take-off checks
 Synchronisation
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Straight and level – normal cruise,
range and endurance
 Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and
descending)
 Slow flight
 Post Flight Procedures
5 General Handling FIC-DGH  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 02  Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and
descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
 Inflight emergencies (other than
engine fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean,
approach, landing configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including
simulated inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds
 Post Flight Procedures
5 General Handling FIC -DGH  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 03  Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and
descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
 Inflight emergencies (other than
engine fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean,
approach, landing configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including
simulated inadvertent entry into IMC

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 12 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Critical and Safety Speeds

 Post Flight Procedures
7 General Handling FIC -DGH  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 04  Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and
descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
 Inflight emergencies (other than
engine fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean,
approach, landing configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including
simulated inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds
 Post Flight Procedures
8 General Handling FIC -DGH  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 05  Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and
descending)
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
 Inflight emergencies (other than
engine fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean,
approach, landing configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including
simulated inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds
 Post Flight Procedures
9 General Instrument FIC -DGI  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 01  Homing
 Tracking
 Straight & Level
 Slow Flight turn
 Slow flight descend
 Medium/Steep turn
 Stall exercise
 Post Flight Procedures
10 General Instrument FIC -DGI  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 13 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Right Hand 02  Climbing by Timing

 Descend by Timing
 Rate one turn by Timing
 Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures.
 Post Flight Procedures
11 General Instrument FIC -DGI  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 03  Timed Turn
 Limited Panel
 Compass Error
 Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures.
 Post Flight Procedures
12 General Instrument FIC-DGI  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 04  Timed Turn
 Limited Panel
 Compass Error
 Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures.
 Post Flight Procedures
13 General Instrument FIC-DGI  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 05  Timed Turn
 Limited Panel
 Compass Error
 Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures.
 Post Flight Procedures
14 General Instrument FIC -DGI  Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
Right Hand 06  All General Instrument Exercise
 Post Flight Procedures
18 Radio Instrument FIC -DRI Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
01 ADF Tracking, Interception and holding
a) Turning and identification of station.
b) Homing, tracking and back tracking.
 Folly of needle chasing.
 Drift assessment and correction.
c) Interception ADF
d) Intro holding pattern entry, according
tosector.
 Choice of intercept angle
 Drift correction
Post Flight Procedures
19 Radio Instrument FIC -DRI Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 14 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

02 ADF Tracking, Interception and holding

a) Same as ME-DRI01
b) Maintaining holding pattern
 Timing and head zing adjustment
c) Standard ADF approach
 Descent to MDA/H
 Missed approach into holding
patttern
 Circling to land from MDA/H
Post Flight Procedures
19 Radio Instrument FIC -DRI Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
03 VOR tracking, Interception and holding
a) Selection, identification and setting up.
b) Radial interception, inbound and
outbound
 Choice of intercept angle
 Drift correction.
c) Interception VOR Inbound and
outbound
d) Holding pattern.
Post Flight Procedures
20 Radio Instrument FIC -DRI Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
04 VOR tracking,holding and approach
a) Same as ME-DRI03
b) Holding pattern.
 Entry procedure according to sector.
 Timing and heading adjustment.
Arranging departure at EAT.
c) Standard VOR approach
 Descent to MDA/H
 Missed approach into holding
patttern
 Circling to land from MDA/H
Post Flight Procedures
19 Radio Instrument FIC -DRI Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
05 Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID,
Entry Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways,
Instrument Approach ADF and VOR

Post Flight Procedures

20 Preparation Check FI-DPC Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00

01 Flight Instructor becomes a Student
Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 15 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

21 Preparation Check FI-DPC Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00

02 Flight Instructor become a Student
Post Flight Procedures
22 Preparation Check FI-DPC Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
03 Flight Instructor become a Student
Post Flight Procedures
23 Preparation Check FI-DPC Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
04 Flight Instructor become a Student
Post Flight Procedures
24 Preparation Check FI-DPC Preflight preparation and procedures 01.00
05 Flight Instructor become a Student
Post Flight Procedures
23 Check DGCA CHECK Flight Instructor Check Ride 01.00

TOTAL 25.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 16 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

STAGE FIC- FAM 01

Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine Aeroplane Preparation for flight, Operation of
controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques, General handling and
performance characteristics.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Aero plane familiarization, preparation for flight
and general handling sequences
 Fundamental of flight
 Airport operation
 Basic VFR air work
 Straight & Level flight
FIC- FAM  Turn 01.00
01  Climb
 Descend
 Change of Airspeed
 Flaps configuration
 Approaching to stall
 Circuit Pattern
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant familiarize with Single engine aero plane,
Preparation for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and
techniques, General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance 100 feet
altitude, 10 knots speed and 3 degrees heading.

STAGE FIC- FAM 02

Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine Aeroplane Preparation for flight, Operation of
controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques, General handling and
performance characteristics.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
FIC- FAM  Aero plane familiarization, preparation for flight
01.00
02 and general handling sequences
 Fundamental of flight

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 17 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Airport operation
 Basic VFR air work
 Straight & Level flight
 Turn
 Climb
 Descend
 Change of Airspeed
 Flaps configuration
 Approaching to stall
 Circuit Pattern
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant familiarize with Single engine aero plane,
Preparation for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and
techniques, General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance 100 feet
altitude, 10 knots speed and 3 degrees heading.

STAGE FIC- FAM 03

Stage Objective: Dual flight: Slow flight and stalling (clean, approach, landing
configurations), spin awareness and descend planning

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Fundamental of flight
 Airport operation
 Circuit Procedure;
 Low Circuit;
FIC-
 Flapless landing; 01.00
FAM 03
 Recovery Bouncing;
 Action after landing
 Crosswind Take Off And Landing
 Emergency
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant familiarize with Single engine aero plane,
Preparation for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and
techniques, General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance 100 feet
altitude, 10 knots speed and 5 degrees heading.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 18 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

STAGE FIC -DGH 01

Stage Objective: Dual flight: Slow flight and stalling (clean, approach, landing
configurations), spin awareness and descend planning

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 General aeroplane data (category, limitations,
fuel and oil)
 Controls and systems
 Operating airspeeds and limitations
 Pre-flight actions
 Use of checklists
 Taxiing
FIC-DGH
 Take-off and after take-off checks 01.00
01
 Synchronisation
 Straight and level – normal cruise, range and
endurance
 Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant conduct with single engine aero plane, Preparation
for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques,
General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance right-hand seat 100
feet altitude, 10 knots speed and 5 degrees heading.

STAGE FIC-DGH 02
Stage Objective: Dual flight: Emergency Descend, Engine failure, and Emergency
checklist.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Climbing and descending
FIC-  Turning (level, climbing and descending) 01.00
DGH 02  Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 19 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

 Stall
 Inflight emergencies (other than engine
fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean, approach, landing
configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including simulated
inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant conduct with single engine aero plane, Preparation
for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques,
General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance right-hand seat 100
feet altitude, 10 knots speed and 5 degrees heading.

STAGE FIC-DGH 03
Stage Objective: Dual flight: Emergency Descend, Engine failure, and Emergency
checklist.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
FIC-DGH  Inflight emergencies (other than engine
01.00
03 fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean, approach, landing
configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including simulated
inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds.
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant conduct with single engine aero plane, Preparation
for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques,
General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance right-hand seat 100
feet altitude, 10 knots speed and 5 degrees heading.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 20 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

STAGE FIC-DGH 04
Stage Objective: Dual flight: Emergency Descend, Engine failure, and Emergency
checklist.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
FIC-DGH  Inflight emergencies (other than engine 01.00
04 fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean, approach, landing
configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including simulated
inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The applicant conduct with single engine aero plane, Preparation
for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques,
General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance right-hand seat 100
feet altitude, 10 knots speed and 5 degrees heading.

STAGE FIC-DGH 05
Stage Objective: Dual flight: Emergency Descend, Engine failure, and Emergency
checklist.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Climbing and descending
 Turning (level, climbing and descending)
 Fundamental of Instructing
 Slow flight descending turn
 Stall
FIC-DGH  Inflight emergencies (other than engine 01.00
05 fire/failure)
 Slow flight and stalling (clean, approach, landing
configurations)
 Basic instrument flight, including simulated
inadvertent entry into IMC
 Critical and Safety Speeds
 Post Flight Procedures
Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 21 Issued 02
Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The applicant conduct with single engine aero plane, Preparation
for flight, Operation of controls and systems, Engine handling considerations and techniques,
General handling and performance characteristics with max tolerance right-hand seat 100
feet altitude, 10 knots speed and 5 degrees heading.

STAGE FIC-DGI 01
Stage Objective: Dual instrument flight manoeuvres with special emphasis on improving
performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Homing
 Tracking
 Straight & Level
FIC -DGI
 Slow Flight turn 01.00
01
 Slow flight descending
 Medium/Steep turn
 Stall exercise
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain right-hands seat flight
in ±50ft altitude, ±50 degress heading, and 3 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE FIC-DGI 02
Stage Objective: Dual instrument flight manoeuvres with special emphasis on improving
performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Climbing by Timing
 Descend by Timing
FIC-DGI
 Rate one turn by Timing 01.00
02
 Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures
 Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 22 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain right-hands seat flight
in ±50ft altitude, ±50 degress heading, and 3 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE FIC-DGI 03
Stage Objective: Dual instrument flight manoeuvres with special emphasis on improving
performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Timed Turn
 Limited Panel
FIC-DGI  Compass Error 01.00
03  Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures.
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain right-hands seat flight in
±50ft altitude, ±50 degress heading, and 3 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE FIC-DGI 04
Stage Objective: Dual instrument flight manoeuvres with special emphasis on improving
performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Limited Panel
 Timed Turn
FIC-DGI
 Compass Error 01.00
04
 Recovery from Unusual Position
 Emergency Procedures.
 Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 23 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain right-hands seat flight in
±50ft altitude, ±50 degress heading, and 3 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE FIC-DGI 05
Stage Objective: Dual instrument flight manoeuvres with special emphasis on improving
performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Circuit exercise
 Normal takeoff
 Normal approach
FIC-DGI
 Short approach 01.00
05
 Crosswind takeoff
 Crosswind landing
 All General Instrument Exercise
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain right-hands seat flight
in ±50ft altitude, ±50 degress heading, and 3 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE FIC-DGI 06
Stage Objective: Dual instrument flight manoeuvres with special emphasis on improving
performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Circuit exercise
 Normal takeoff
 Normal approach
FIC-DGI
 Short approach 01.00
06
 Crosswind takeoff
 Crosswind landing
 All General Instrument Exercise
 Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 24 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain right-hands seat flight
in ±50ft altitude, ±50 degress heading, and 3 knots airspeed while demonstrating the
maneuvers listed in the content of this stage.

STAGE FIC-DRI 01

Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Interception, holding, approach and
landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
ADF Tracking, Interception and holding
a) Turning and identification of station.
b) Homing, tracking and back tracking.
FIC-DRI  Folly of needle chasing.
01  Drift assessment and correction. 01.00
c) Interception ADF
d) Intro holding pattern entry, according tosector.
 Choice of intercept angle
Drift correction
Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student conduct an approach, intercept, holding and landing
using instruments for navigation guidance, in accordance with an authorized instrument
approach procedure max tolerance 50 feet altitude, 5 knots speed, 3 degrees heading and
stabilize approach.

STAGE FIC-DRI 02
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Interception, holding, approach and
landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
ADF Tracking, Interception and holding
a) Same as ME-DRI01
b) Maintaining holding pattern
FIC-DRI  Timing and heading adjustment
01.00
02 c) Standard ADF approach
 Descent to MDA/H
 Missed approach into holding patttern
Circling to land from MDA/H
Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 25 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student conduct an approach, intercept, holding and landing
using instruments for navigation guidance, in accordance with an authorized instrument
approach procedure max tolerance 50 feet altitude, 5 knots speed, 3 degrees heading and
stabilize approach.

STAGE FIC-DRI 03
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Interception, holding, approach and
landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
VOR tracking, Interception and holding
a) Selection, identification and setting up.
b) Radial interception, inbound and outbound
FIC-DRI
 Choice of intercept angle 01.00
03
 Drift correction.
c) Interception VOR Inbound and outbound
Holding pattern.
Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student conduct an approach, intercept, holding and landing
using instruments for navigation guidance, in accordance with an authorized instrument
approach procedure max tolerance 50 feet altitude, 5 knots speed, 3 degrees heading and
stabilize approach.

STAGE FIC-DRI 04
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Interception, holding, approach and
landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
VOR tracking,holding and approach
a) Same as ME-DRI03
b) Holding pattern.
 Entry procedure according to sector.
FIC-DRI  Timing and heading adjustment.
01.00
04 Arranging departure at EAT.
c) Standard VOR approach
 Descent to MDA/H
 Missed approach into holding patttern
Circling to land from MDA/H
Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 26 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student conduct an approach, intercept, holding and landing
using instruments for navigation guidance, in accordance with an authorized instrument
approach procedure max tolerance 50 feet altitude, 5 knots speed, 3 degrees heading and
stabilize approach.

STAGE FIC-DRI 05
Stage Objective: Dual flight Instrument Manuevers, Interception, holding, approach and
landing. Practice other maneuvers as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
 Preflight preparation and procedures
 Interception
 Tracking
 Homing
 STAR
FIC-DRI
 SID 01.00
05
 Entry Holding
 Holding
 Flying the Airways
 Instrument Approach ADF and VOR
 Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student conduct an approach, intercept, holding and landing
using instruments for navigation guidance, in accordance with an authorized instrument
approach procedure max tolerance 50 feet altitude, 5 knots speed, 3 degrees heading and
stabilize approach.

STAGE FIC-DPC 01
Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine preparation for check: Practice Flight instructor
becomes a student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
Flight Instructor becomes as a student.
FIC-DPC
 Recovery Handling 01.00
01
 Introduction flight knowledge
Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 27 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student conduct Simulated becomes a Flight Instructor and
Flight instructor becomes a student. Make a decision making, recovery handling.
STAGE FIC-DPC 02
Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine preparation for check: Practice Flight instructor
becomes a student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
Flight Instructor becomes as a student.
FIC-DPC
 Recovery Handling 01.00
02
 Introduction flight knowledge
Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student conduct Simulated becomes a Flight Instructor and
Flight instructor becomes a student. Make a decision making, recovery handling.

STAGE FIC-DPC 03
Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine preparation for check: Practice Flight instructor
becomes a student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
Flight Instructor becomes as a student.
FIC-DPC
 Recovery Handling 01.00
03
 Introduction flight knowledge
Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student conduct Simulated becomes a Flight Instructor and
Flight instructor becomes a student. Make a decision making, recovery handling.

STAGE FIC-DPC 04
Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine preparation for check: Practice Flight instructor
becomes a student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
Flight Instructor becomes as a student.
FIC-DPC
 Recovery Handling 01.00
04
 Introduction flight knowledge
Post Flight Procedures

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 28 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

Completion standards: The student conduct Simulated becomes a Flight Instructor and
Flight instructor becomes a student. Make a decision making, recovery handling.
STAGE FIC-DPC 05
Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine preparation for check: Practice Flight instructor
becomes a student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Preflight preparation and procedures
Flight Instructor becomes as a student.
FIC-DPC
 Recovery Handling 01.00
05
 Introduction flight knowledge
Post Flight Procedures

Completion standards: The student conduct Simulated becomes a Flight Instructor and
Flight instructor becomes a student. Make a decision making, recovery handling.

STAGE CHEK DGCA

Stage Objective: Dual Single Engine preparation for check: Practice Flight instructor
becomes a student.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

CHECK Flight Instructor Check Ride 01.00

Completion standards: The student conduct Simulated becomes a Flight Instructor and
Flight instructor becomes a student. Make a decision making, recovery handling.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 29 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. AIP-Indonesia
2. Airplane Flying Handbook – (FAA-H-8083-3B)
3. Instrument Flying Handbook (FAA-H-8083-15A)
4. Jeppesen Guided Flight Discovery for Flight Instructor
5. Jeppesen Instructor’s Guide Manual
6. Latest Annex 10
7. Latest Annex 13
8. Latest CASR part 61
9. Latest CASR part 830
10. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
11. Pilot Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (FAA-H-8083-25B)
12. POH Cessna 172 SP

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 30 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

4.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. What ICAO Annex that describes about personnel licensing:

a. ICAO Annex 1.
b. ICAO Annex 2.
c. ICAO Annex 3.
d. ICAO Annex 4.

2. THE TOTAL ELAPSED PERIOD from the time a crew member is required to
report for duty, to the time that crew member has completed all official duties with
respect to a flight or series of flights and is released for an official crew rest,
means:
a. Flight time
b. Flight endurance
c. Flight duty time
d. Day off time

3. On a wing, the force of lift acts perpendicular to and the force of drag acts
parallel to the:
a. chord line
b. flight path
c. longitudinal axis
d. all answers are incorrect

4. As the forward speed of an airplane with a fixed-pitch propeller increases, with

the RPM remaining constant, the angle of attack of the propeller blades:
a. decreases as forward speed increases
b. increases as forward speed increases
c. remains unaltered as forward speed increases
d. all answers are correct

5. Which is the following statement that is correct:

a. variation West, magnetic west and variation East magnetic East;
b. variation best, magnetic West and variation Least magnetic East;
c. variation West, magnetic best and variation East magnetic least
d. variation West, magnetic least and variation East magnetic best

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIC 31 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 4
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIC 32 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5. FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER COURSE

5.1 ABOUT THIS TRAINING FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER COURSE

5.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA

Integrated training facilities are located at located Komplek Bandar Udara
Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur
68462 as home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo Airport
Sumenep,

5.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Flight Instructor Refresher Course

5.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Flight Instructor Refresher Course

Curriculum Include:
1) 16 Hours Of Ground Training
2) 1 Hour Of Flight Training

5.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Flight Instructor Refresher Course

The prerequisites for enrolling in the ground portion of the Flight Instructor
Refreshing Course:
 Must Hold Flight Instructor Certificate

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Flight Instructor
Refresher Course contained in Appendix K.11 of CASR 141. These curriculum
contents are intended to parallel the Flight Instructor Refresher Course

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and a
flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

5.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for a Flight
Instructor Refresher Course

5.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the
knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain Flight
Instructor Refresher Course.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIRC 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwang at Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl Agung Wilis
Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462. It consist of 3
(three) classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m x
4,85m for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms at
Hangar Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a
maximum of 12 students. The room is also equipped with stationery, white
board, chairs, tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and health
codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will not be
distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

5.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

5.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the API
Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside
Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located next
to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters square
and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose.
In front of the briefing room has 3 tall chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.

5.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information (2.8.4)

5.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Chief Flight Instructor for this course is Capt. Biyan Barlian.

Date:September 3rd, 2021 Page: FIRC 2 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

5.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial Pilot
License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be the holder
of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category rating, Instrument
Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer to Instructor Level
(Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be have
Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competency which approved by
Associated Regulator.

5.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 5 Training Course Outline

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIRC 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 16 HOURS

5.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet
the pre-requisite specified in CASR part 141xK.11.(a) for Flight Instructor
Refresher Course

5.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that
he/she meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xK.11.(a) for
Initial Flight Instructor Certification Course.

5.2.3 Ground FIRC Course

NUMBER OF
NO AERONAUTICAL KNOWLEDGE
HOURS

Air law

 rules and regulations relevant to the holder of a student,

private, and commercial pilot licence and Instrument Rating
FIRG 01 02.00
according to CASR 61 and 91.
 rules of the air;
 appropriate air traffic services practices and procedures

aircraft general knowledge

 principles of operation and functioning of engines, systems and

instruments;
 operating limitations of the relevant category of aircraft and
engines; relevant operational information from the flight
FIRG 02 02.00
manual or other appropriate document;
 use and serviceability checks of equipment and systems of
appropriate aircraft
 maintenance procedures for airframes, systems and engines of
appropriate aircraft;

FIRG 03 01.00
Flight performance & planning

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIRC 4 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

 flight characteristics and performance; mass and balance

calculations;
 use and practical application of take-off, landing and other
performance data;
 pre-flight and en-route flight planning appropriate to
commercial operations under VFR; preparation and filing of air
traffic services flight plans; appropriate air traffic services
procedures; altimeter setting procedures
Human performance

 Stress Management, threat and error management;

FIRG 04 01.00
 Body Awreness
 Aeronautical Decision making and Judgement

Meteorology

 interpretation and application of aeronautical meteorological

reports, charts and forecasts; use of, and procedures for
obtaining, meteorological information, pre-flight and in-flight;
altimetry;
 aeronautical meteorology; climatology of relevant areas in
respect of the elements having an effect upon aviation; the
movement of pressure systems, the structure of fronts, and the
FIRG 05 origin and characteristics of significant weather phenomena 02.00
which affect take-off, en-route and landing conditions;
 causes, recognition and effects of icing; frontal zone
penetration procedures; hazardous weather avoidance;
Navigation
 air navigation, including the use of aeronautical charts,
instruments and navigation aids; an understanding of the
principles and characteristics of appropriate navigation
systems; operation of airborne equipment;

Operational procedures

 application of threat and error management to operational

performance;
 use of aeronautical documentation such as AIP, NOTAM,
aeronautical codes and abbreviations;
FIRG 06  altimeter setting procedures; 02.00
 appropriate precautionary and emergency procedures;
 operational procedures for carriage of freight; potential hazards
associated with dangerous goods;
 requirements and practices for safety briefing to passengers,
including precautions to be observed when embarking and
disembarking from aircraft;
 Safe piloting operating practices and procedures, including
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIRC 5 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

airport operations and operating in the national airspace

system

Principles of flight

 Review of lift, drag and lift drag ratio

FIRG 07  Performance curve 01.00
 Take-off and Landing performance
 Load factor
 Structure Operating Limitations
Radiotelephony

 communication procedures and phraseology as applied to VFR

FIRG 08 01.00
operations;
 action to be taken in case of communication failure.

Teaching and Learning Process

 techniques of applied instruction;

 assessment of student performance in those subjects in which
ground instruction is given;
 the learning process;
 elements of effective teaching;
 student evaluation and testing, training philosophies;
 training programme development;
FIRG 09  lesson planning; 04.00
 classroom instructional techniques;
 use of training aids, including flight simulation training devices
as appropriate;
 analysis and correction of student errors;
 human performance relevant to flight instruction including
principles of threat and error management;
 hazards involved in simulating system failures and malfunctions
in the aircraft.

TOTAL HOURS 16.00

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIRC 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action : 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FIRC 7 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER COURSE LAND CLASS RATING
FLIGHT TRAINING: 1 Hours

5.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Single Engine
Course:
 At least a Commercial Pilot License
 At least an Instrument Rating;
 At least a Flight Instructor Certificate

5.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for a Flight Instructor Certification Course with an
airplane category rating and single-engine land class rating.

5.3.3 Flight Training Flight Instructor Refreshing

FLIGHT TRAINING

STAGE FLIGHT EXERCISE DUAL

 Fundamentals of instructing;
 Technical subject areas;
 Preflight preparation;
 Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be
performed in flight;
 Preflight procedures;
 Airport operations;
 Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds; 01.00
FIRC 01
 Fundamental of Flight
 Performance maneuvers;
 Ground reference maneuvers;
 Basic instrument maneuvers;
 Navigation;
 Slow flight and stalls;
 Emergency operations;
 Post flight procedures.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIRC 8 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. FAA-H-8083-9A Aviation Instructor Handbook

2. Latest Annex 10
3. Latest Annex 13
4. Latest CASR part 61
5. Latest CASR part 830
6. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
7. Pilot Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (FAA-H-8083-25)
8. POH Cessna 172 SP

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: FIRC 9 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

5.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. What ICAO Annex that describes about personnel licensing :

a. ICAO Annex 1.
b. ICAO Annex 2.
c. ICAO Annex 3.
d. ICAO Annex 4.

2. THE TOTAL ELAPSED PERIOD from the time a crew member is required to
report for duty, to the time that crew member has completed all official duties with
respect to a flight or series of flights and is released for an official crew rest,
means :
a. Flight time
b. Flight endurance
c. Flight duty time
d. Day off time

3. On a wing, the force of lift acts perpendicular to and the force of drag acts
parallel to the:
a. chord line
b. flight path
c. longitudinal axis
d. all answer are incorrect

4. As the forward speed of an airplane with a fixed-pitch propeller increases, with

the RPM remaining constant, the angle of attack of the propeller blades:
a. decreases as forward speed increases
b. increases as forward speed increases
c. remains unaltered as forward speed increases
d. all answer are correct

5. Which is the following statement that is correct :

a. variation West, magnetic west and variation East magnetic East;
b. variation best, magnetic West and variation Least magnetic East;
c. variation West, magnetic best and variation East magnetic least
d. variation West, magnetic least and variation East magnetic best

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FIRC 10 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 5
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
REFRESHER COURSE

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: FIRC 11 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6. PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.1 ABOUT TRAINING PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA

Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara
Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa
Timur 68462 as home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo
Airport Sumenep,

6.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Pilot Refresher Course Land Class Rating.

6.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Pilot Refresher Course Curriculum

Include:
1) 4 hours of ground training
2) 6 hours of flight training

6.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Pilot Refresher Course Curriculum Include The
prerequisites for enrolling in the ground portion of the Pilot Refresher
Certification Course:
a) A commercial pilot license or airline transport pilot licence with an aircraft
category and class rating appropriate to the flight instructor category and
class rating for which the course applies;
b) An instrument rating or privilege on that flight instructor applicant’s pilot
licence that is appropriate to the flight instructor instrument rating for an
airplane as appropriate for which the course applies.
c) Be able to read, write and converse fluently in English language;
d) Be at least 18 years of age but less than 60 years of age;
e) Be of good moral character;
f) Comply with the CASR 61 and 141.

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Pilot Refresher
Course contained in Appendix K.10. of CASR 141. These curriculum contents
are intended to parallel the Pilot Refresher Course Practical Test Standards.

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and a
flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

6.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for Pilot
Refresher Course.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: REF 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the
knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain a Pilot
Refresher Course.

6.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Single Engine Course ground training at
Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan
Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462. It consist of 3 (three)
classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m x 4,85m
for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms at Hangar
Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a maximum of 12
students. The room is also equipped with stationery, white board, chairs,
tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and health
codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will not be
distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

6.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

6.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the API
Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside
Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located
next to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters
square and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning
purpose. In front of the briefing room has 3 tall chairs for student waiting.
The Flight Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.

Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: REF 2 Issued 02

Revision 06
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.8.4).

6.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Chief Flight Instructor for this course is Capt. Biyan Barlian.

6.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

6.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial
Pilot License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be the
holder of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category rating,
Instrument Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer to
Instructor Level (Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be have
Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which approved by
Associated Regulator.

6.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 6 Training Course Outline

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: REF 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

PILOT REFRESHER COURSE LAND CLASS RATING COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 4 HOURS

6.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 141xK.10.(a) for a ground Pilot Refresher
Course.

6.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xK.10.(a) for ground Pilot
Refresher Course.

6.2.3 Ground Refresher Syllabus

NUMBER OF
NO AERONAUTICAL KNOWLEDGE
HOURS

Flight Maneuvers

1 Aircraft Performance 01.00

Flaps, Trim, and controllable propeller
Aircraft and equipment emergencies
Aircraft and pilot certification rules

2 General operating and flight rules 01.00

VFR traffic rules
Use of Notam and airman’s information manual
Safe piloting operating practices and procedure
Use of Chart
3 VFR radio navigation 01.00
Terminal area and tower operation
Flight instrument interpretation
Applicable provisions of parts 61 & 91 for pilot
Weather report
4 Weather recognition 01.00
Radio assistance
Radar, DME, transponder, etc
TOTAL HOURS 04,00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: REF 4 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action : 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: REF 5 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: REF 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR INSTRUMENT COURSE CERTIFICATION COURSE
LAND CLASS RATING
FLIGHT TRAINING: 6 Hours

6.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Pilot Refresher
Course:
a) A commercial pilot license or airline transport pilot licence with an aircraft
category and class rating appropriate to the flight instructor category and
class rating for which the course applies;
b) An instrument rating or privilege on that flight instructor applicant’s pilot
licence that is appropriate to the flight instructor instrument rating for an
airplane as appropriate for which the course applies.
c) Be able to read, write and converse fluently in English language;
d) Be at least 18 years of age but less than 60 years of age;
e) Be of good moral character;
f) Comply with the CASR 61 and 141.

6.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to meet
the requirements for a Pilot Refresher Course with an airplane category rating
and Single-engine land class rating.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: REF 7 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.3.3 Flight REFRESHER Syllabus

FLIGHT TRAINING

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Flight Maneuvers
Coordination and planning exercise PR-DGH01 01.00

General short and soft field takeoffs and

landings
Maneuvering at minimum controllable airspeed PR-DGH02 02.00
– stalls
Crosswind takeoffs, and landings
Emergency operation
Flight planning
Use of compas
chart reading PR-DGH03 02.00
VFR radio navigation
Control by instruments
Flight check by alternate flight instructor PR-CHECK 01.00

TOTAL 06.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: REF 8 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.4 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. Airman’s informantion manual, part 1, 2, 3, and 4

2. Aviation weather, AC 00-6

3. Federal Aviation regulation

4. Flight training handbook, AC 61-21

5. Instrument flying handook. AC 61-27B

6. Latest Annex 10

7. Latest Annex 13

8. Latest CASR part 61

9. Latest CASR part 830

10. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)

11. Pilot’s Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge, AC 61-23A

12. POH Cessna 172 SP

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: REF 9 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

6.5 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. If the density of air became smaller, it will cause the aircraft’s performance, except :
a. Weight because the mass takes less gravity.
b. Thrust because a propeller is less efficient in thin air.
c. Power because the engine takes in less air.
d. Lift because the thin air exerts less force on the airfoils.

2. The rotation about the longitudinal axis of the aeroplaneis:

a. Pitching
b. Rolling
c. Yawing
d. Loading

3. What are the four forces acting on the aeroplane:

a. Lift, Drag, Weight, Gravity
b. Thrust, Drag, Lift, Weight
c. Drag, Lift, Torque, Weight
d. Weight, Thrust, Lift, Gravity

4. The weight of the aero plane acts down through:

a. The center of point
b. The center of gravity
c. The center of earth
d. The center of pressure

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: REF 10 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 6
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
PILOT REFRESHER COURSE

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: REF 11 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7. MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE

7.1 ABOUT THIS TRAINING MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE

7.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA
Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi,
Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Blimbingsari Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462 as
home base training, and out base training use at Trunojoyo Airport Sumenep,

7.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Military Pilot Conversion Course.

7.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Military Endorsment Curriculum

Include:
A. Endorse to Private Pilot License
1) 32 hours of ground training if applicants
2) 8 hours of flight training
3) 5 hours of simulator flight training
B. Endorse to Commercial Pilot License
1) 32 hours of ground training if applicants
2) 10 hours of flight training
3) 5 hours of simulator flight training
C. Endorse to Commercial Pilot License & Instrument Rating
1) 32 hours of ground training if applicants
2) 10 hours of flight training
3) 5 hours of simulator flight training

7.1.4 Pre-requirements for this Military Endorsment Curriculum Include:

The prerequisites for enrolling in the ground portion of the Military Endorsment
 Have valid medical certificate
 Have license or validity document from ABRI or authorize
 Have logbook military pilot
 For a private or commercial pilot license with an airplane type rating, or for
the addition of an airplane type rating on his private or commercial pilot
license who holds an instrument rating (airplanes), must present
documentary evidence showing that he has demonstrated instrument
competency in the type of airplane for which the type rating is sought, or his
license is endorsed with the following limitation: -VFR only.
 Have Instrument pilot qualification
 To show the applicant‟s release from an armed force
 Original or a copy of a certificate of discharge or release may be used.
 Show current or previous status as a rated military pilot on flying status with
a Republic of Indonesia Armed Force, one of the following may be used;
(i) An official Republic of Indonesia Armed force order to flight duty as a
military pilot.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

(ii) An official order showing that the applicant graduated form a Republic of
Indonesia Military pilot school and is rated as a military pilot.

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the Military Pilot
Conversion Course contained in CASR 61.73. These curriculum contents are
intended to parallel the Military Pilot Conversion Course Practical Test
Standards.

The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course and a
flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

7.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE. The student will obtain the knowledge, skill and
aeronautical experience necessary to meet the requirements for a Military Pilot
Conversion Course.

7.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must demonstrate though written

tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she meets the
knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to obtain a Military
Pilot Conversion Course.

7.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Military Pilot Conversion Course ground training
at Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi, Jl Agung Wilis Kecamatan
Rogojampi Banyuwangi Jawa Timur 68462. It consist of 3 (three)
classrooms at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m x 4,85m
for capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms at Hangar
Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a maximum of 12
students. The room is also equipped with stationery, white board, chairs,
tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and health
codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students will not be
distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

7.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

7.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the API
Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: MIL 2 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside

Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose. In
front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures located next
to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X 6 meters square
and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning purpose.
In front of the briefing room has 3 tall chairs for student waiting. The Flight
Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF radio
communication transceiver for the Flight Following.

7.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School Information
(2.8.4)

7.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Chief Flight Instructor for this course is Capt.Biyan Barlian.

7.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

7.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial Pilot
License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be the holder
of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category rating, Instrument
Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer to Instructor Level
(Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be have
Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which approved by
Associated Regulator.

7.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 6 Training Course Outline

Date: July 14th, 2020 Page: MIL 3 Issued 02

Revision 03
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE
PPL ENDORSMENT
GROUND TRAINING: 32 HOURS

7.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 61.73 for a Military Pilot Conversion
Course Endorsement.

7.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xl.3.(c) for Military Pilot
Conversion Course Endorsement.

7.2.3 Ground MILITARY PPL Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

1. Rules and Regulation RAR 04.00

2. Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP AFP 04.00

3. Power Plant PWP 03.00

4. Airframe AIF 04.00

5. Instrument INS 04.00

6. Meteorology MET 04.00

7. Flight Planning and Navigation FPL 04.00

8. Air Traffic Management ATM 05.00

TOTAL 32.00

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 4 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.2.3.1 Flight Rules and Air law

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

GENERAL PROVISION OF AIR LEGISLATION

a. Types of Aviation Operation

1. 01.00
b. Regulation Requirements

c. Inspection of Civil Aircraft

FLIGHT TIME LIMITATION

a. Definitions

2. b. Avoidance of Fatigue 01.00

c. Maximum Duty & Flight Times

d. Rest Periods

3. RELEVANT CASR PART 61, 67, 91,135,121 and 135 02.00

TOTAL 04.00

7.2.3.2 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

2. POH Section 1 & 2 General Limitation 01.00

3. POH Section 3 & 4 Emergency and Normal Procedure 01.00

4. POH Section 5 & 6 Performance & Weight and Balance 01.00

5. POH Section 7 & 8 aircraft system and handling service 01.00

TOTAL 04.00

7.2.3.3 Powerplant
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Basic Gas Turbine Engine

1. 01.30
 Principles of Operation

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 5 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Basic Layout of Axial Flow Engines

 Combustion Chamber and Ignition
 Turbines
 Accessories
 Fuel for Gas Turbine Engines
Operation of Jet Engines

 Simplicity & Reliability

2. 01.30
 Handling Characteristic
 Operation Problem
 Reverse Power
Turboprop Engine

3.  Advantages and Disadvantage 01.00

 Reduction Gear
 Propeller Pitch
TOTAL 04.00

7.2.3.4 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Retractable Undercarriage
1. 00.30
Emergency Extension System

Powered Nose Wheel Steering

2 00.30
Multi-Engine Electrical System

Advanced Hydraulic System

3 01.00
Aircraft Electrical System

Fire Protection
4 00.30
Automatic Pilots

Pressurization, Air-condition & Oxygen Systems

5 00.30
Accidental Survival Systems

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 6 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.2.3.5 Instrument
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Advanced Direction Indicator

1. 01.00
 Remote Indicating Compass
 Slaved Gyro System
Radio Magnetic Indicator
2 00.30
 Basic Principle
 Application to VOR & ADF
Miscellaneous Instrument

3  Outside Air Temperature 01.30

 Clock
 Electrical System Indicator
Flight Director System

4  Basic Principle 01.00

 Attitude Director Indicator (ADI)
 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HIS)

TOTAL 04.00

7.2.3.6 Meteorology
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS
TURBULENCE 00.30
 Nature
1.
 Effect an Aircraft Operation
 Classification of Turbulence
LOW-LEVEL WIND SHEAR
 Cause and Indication
2. 01.00
 Critical Condition
 Effect of Rapidity Changing Wind Component
WORLD-WIDE WEATHER
 Idealized General Circulation
3.  Basic Climatic Zones 01.00
 Gen. Weather Cond. in Major Areas of the World
 Features of Special Interest

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 7 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

SURFACE WEATHER CHARTS

4.  Information Displayed on Surface Charts 00.30

 Wind Patterns
 Weather Characteristics of Pressure Systems
THE CHANGE OF WEATHER WITH TIME
 Movements of Pressure
 Fronts and Effect
 Interpretation of Surface Charts
 Elementary Forecasting of Weather Change
5. 01.00
WEATHER MINIMA
 Cloud Base & Visibility
 Factors Effecting Weather Minima
 Landing Minima
 Take-Off Minima
TOTAL 04.00

7.2.3.7 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

IFR (INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES) (AIRWAYS) FLIGHT PLANNING

 Meteorological Consideration
1. 01.00
 Selection of Route to Destination & Alternate
 General Flight Planning Tasks
 Student Practice in IFR Flight Planning
JET AIRPLANE FLIGHT PLANNING
2. 01.00
 Aspects Common to All Airplanes
 Additional Aspects for Jet Airplane
PRACTICAL JET FLIGHT PLANNING EXERCISES

 Extraction of Data
3.  Completion of Flight Plan 01.00
 Completion of Fuel Plan
 Completion of Critical Point and PET
 Completion of air Traffic Flight Plan
4. Critical Point and PNR 01.00

TOTAL 04.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 8 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.2.3.8 Air Traffic Management

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. ATC clearance procedures. 01.00

2. Airspace management; 01.00

3. Air traffic flow management; 00.30

4. Air traffic services; 00.30

5. Air traffic control services; 00.30

6. Separation; 00.30

TOTAL 04.00

7.2.3.9 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 9 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE
PPL ENDORSMENT
FLIGHT TRAINING: 8 Hours
SIMULATOR TRAINING: 5 Hours

7.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Military Conversion
Course:
 Have valid medical certificate
 Have license or validity document from ABRI or authorize
 Showing logbook military pilot status

7.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for a Military Pilot Conversion Course Endorsement
with an airplane category rating and Single-engine land class rating.

7.3.3 Use of Flight Training Devices (FTD)

Flight Training Devices (FTDs) may be used for some of the flight training time
that is required CASR Part 141, Appendix K. Training in a flight simulator may
be credited for maximum of initial 5 percent of the total flight training hour
requirements of the approved course, or of this section, whichever is less.
Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi used Redbird FMX and ALSim
172 in this TCO.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 10 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.3.4 Simulator Training Syllabus.

Before Military License Endorsement Training, Class Rating Training shall be completed.

NUMBER
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE OF HOURS

 Local familiarization flight;

 Preflight Preparation
 Starting Procedure
 Taxiing
 Cockpit familiarization Cessna 172
and Garmin 1000;
 General commentary on features of
the aerodrome and local area;
01.00
AATD 01 First air  Student first experience of handling
experience controls.
 Pre-departure procedures;
 Procedures for handling over / taking
over control;
 Primary effect of control;
 Effect of airspeed and slipstream on
controls; and ancillary control.
 Post Flight Procedure
 Recommended power and IAS for
normal climb;
Normal and  Descending.
alternative climb  Climbing;
01.00
AATD 02  Best rate and angle of climb speed;
and descent
 En-route descent;
procedures:
 Approach descent;

 Orientation and lookout;

 Level turns, not exceeding standard
rate in both direction;
 Climbing turns and descending turns;
 Turns in various configurations,
Turns and Stall
simulating circuit procedures. 01.00
AATD 03
 Flight at low air speed;
 Full stall and recovery;
 Use of control during recovery;
 Approach to stall in landing
configuration.
 Circuit Procedure;
 Low Circuit;
 Flapless landing; 01.00
AATD 04 Circuit Exercise  Recovery Bouncing;
 Action after landing
 Crosswind Take Off And Landing
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 11 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Force Landing Altitude on Area

Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern

Emergency on 01,00
AATD 05 Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern
Area
Unusual Condition

Intercept ADF, VOR, Entry Holding

TOTAL 05.00

STAGE AATD.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting
AATD.01  Radio Communications 01,00
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Cockpit familiarization Cessna 172 and
Garmin 1000;
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 12 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE AATD.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
AATD.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE AATD.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
AATD.03
INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 13 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE AATD.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
AATD.04 01,00
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
INTRODUCE
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind
CIRCUIT PROCEDURE:takeoff
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 14 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE AATD.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of intercepting instrument ADF and VOR,
correction drift angle by wind direction.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
ADF and VOR Tracking, Interception and holding
a) Turning and identification of station.
b) Homing, tracking and back tracking.
 Folly of needle chasing.
 Drift assessment and correction.
AATD.05 01,00
c) Interception ADF
d) Intro holding pattern entry, according tosector.
 Choice of intercept angle
Drift correction

Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student can execute how to intercepting VOR, ADF and entry
holding for join instrument approach on airport.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 15 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.3.5 Flight MILITARY PPL Syllabus

FLIGHT TRAINING ENDORSMENT FOR MILITARY

NUMBER
STAGE OF
FLIGHT EXPERIENCE
HOURS

 Local familiarization flight;

 Preflight Preparation
 Starting Procedure
 Taxiing
 Cockpit familiarization;
 General commentary on features of the
aerodrome and local area;
 Student first experience of handling 01,00
DGH 01 First air
controls.
experience
 Pre-departure procedures;
 Procedures for handling over / taking
over control;
 Primary effect of control;
 Effect of airspeed and slipstream on
controls; and ancillary control.
 Post Flight Procedure
 Recommended power and IAS for
normal climb;
Normal and  Descending.
alternative climb  Climbing; 01.00
DGH 02  Best rate and angle of climb speed;
and descent
procedures:  En-route descent;
 Approach descent;

 Orientation and lookout;

 Level turns, not exceeding standard rate
in both direction;
 Climbing turns and descending turns;
 Turns in various configurations,
Turns And Stall simulating circuit procedures. 01.00
DGH 03  Flight at low air speed;
 Full stall and recovery;
 Use of control during recovery;
 Approach to stall in landing
configuration.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 16 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Circuit Procedure;
 Low Circuit;
 Flapless landing; 01,00
DGH 04 Circuit Exercise  Recovery Bouncing;
 Action after landing
 Crosswind Take Off and Landing
Force Landing Altitude on Area

Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern

Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern

Emergency on 01,00
DGH 05 Unusual Condition
Area
 Basic control of aircraft with reference to
instrument only;
 Full panel and limited exercise
include climbing turn, descending
turn with timing
 Action following engine failure;
 Glide attitude and speed;
 Choice of landing area;
 Action after landing.
 Glide approach and landing; 01,00
DGH 06 Circuit Exercise
 Communication failure;
 Missed approach procedure;
 Go around from unsafe landing;
 After Take Off Engine Failure
DGH 7 Dual General Preparation for check, area and circuit
01.00
Handling

DGH 8 Checkride Checkride 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 17 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH.01

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)

 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds

INTRODUCTION
DGH.01 01,00
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Local Familiarization Flight
 Cockpit Familiarization

General commentary on features of the aerodrome

and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.02

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 18 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance

INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
DGH.03
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 19 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise

DGH.04 INTRODUCE 01,00

 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff
 Circuit Procedure:
 Take-off and initial climb;
 Normal Circuit;
 Final approach;
 Control after landing.
 Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 20 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Normal Landing

INTRODUCE
DGH.05 01,00
 Emergency on training area use S pattern, 8
pattern or U pattern depend on distance from
field,
 How to recover from unusual condition

Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

STAGE DGH.06
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit , rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
DGH.06 01,00
 Ground reference maneuvers
 Emergency operations:
 Low Circuit

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 21 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Short Approach
 Flaps Approach
 Normal and crosswind takeoffs
 Normal and crosswind landinggs
 Engine failure after T/O
 Action following engine failure;
 Glide attitude and speed;
 Choice of landing area;
 Action after landing.
 Glide approach and landing;
 RTF procedure for emergency;
 Missed approach procedure;
 Go around from unsafe landing;

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.

STAGE DGH 07
Stage Objective: Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
DGH 07  Medium &Steep Turns 02.00
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 22 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Cross Checking (Scanning)

 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area and Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could execute all exercise climb, descend, turn stall,
and timing comply with standards

STAGE DGH 08
Stage Objective: Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

DGCA CHECKRIDE
DGH 08 01.00

Completion standards:The student could execute all exercise climb, descend, turn and
stall, comply with DGCA standards.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 23 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.4 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE
CPL ENDORSMENT
GROUND TRAINING: 32 HOURS

7.4.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet
the pre-requisite specified in CASR part 61.73 for Military Pilot
Conversion Course.

7.4.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that
he/she meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 61.73 for Military
Pilot Conversion Course.

7.4.3 Ground CPL MILITARY Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

1. Rules and Regulation RAR 04.00

2. Type Rating ATR 04.00

3. Power Plant PWP 03.00

4. Airframe AIF 04.00

5. Instrument INS 04.00

6. Meteorology MET 04.00

7. Flight Planning and Navigation FPL 04.00

8. Air Traffic Management ATM 05.00

32.00

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 24 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.4.3.1 Flight Rules and Air law

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

GENERAL PROVISION OF AIR LEGISLATION

a. Types of Aviation Operation

1. 01.00
b. Regulation Requirements

c. Inspection of Civil Aircraft

FLIGHT TIME LIMITATION

a. Definitions

2. b. Avoidance of Fatigue 01.00

c. Maximum Duty & Flight Times

d. Rest Periods

3. RELEVANT CASR PART 61, 67, 91,135,121 and 135 02.00

TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.2 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

2. POH Section 1 & 2 General Limitation 01.00

3. POH Section 3 & 4 Emergency and Normal Procedure 01.00

4. POH Section 5 & 6 Performance & Weight and Balance 01.00

5. POH Section 7 & 8 aircraft system and handling service 01.00

TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.3 Powerplant
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Basic Gas Turbine Engine

1.  Principles of Operation 01.30

 Basic Layout of Axial Flow Engines
 Combustion Chamber and Ignition

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 25 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Turbines
 Accessories
 Fuel for Gas Turbine Engines
Operation of Jet Engines

 Simplicity & Reliability

2. 01.30
 Handling Characteristic
 Operation Problem
 Reverse Power
Turboprop Engine

3.  Advantages and Disadvantage 01.00

 Reduction Gear
 Propeller Pitch
TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.4 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Retractable Undercarriage
1. 00.30
Emergency Extension System

Powered Nose Wheel Steering

2 00.30
Multi-Engine Electrical System

Advanced Hydraulic System

3 01.00
Aircraft Electrical System

Fire Protection
4 00.30
Automatic Pilots

Pressurization, Air-condition & Oxygen Systems

5 00.30
Accidental Survival Systems

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 26 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.4.3.5 Instrument
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Advanced Direction Indicator

1. 01.00
 Remote Indicating Compass
 Slaved Gyro System
Radio Magnetic Indicator
2 00.30
 Basic Principle
 Application to VOR & ADF
Miscellaneous Instrument

3  Outside Air Temperature 01.30

 Clock
 Electrical System Indicator
Flight Director System

4  Basic Principle 01.00

 Attitude Director Indicator (ADI)
 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HIS)

TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.6 Meteorology
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS
TURBULENCE 00.30

1.  Nature
 Effect an Aircraft Operation
 Classification of Turbulence
LOW-LEVEL WIND SHEAR

2.  Cause and Indication 01.00

 Critical Condition
 Effect of Rapidity Changing Wind Component
WORLD-WIDE WEATHER
 Idealized General Circulation
3.  Basic Climatic Zones 01.00
 Gen. Weather Cond. in Major Areas of the World
 Features of Special Interest

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 27 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

SURFACE WEATHER CHARTS

4.  Information Displayed on Surface Charts 00.30

 Wind Patterns
 Weather Characteristics of Pressure Systems
THE CHANGE OF WEATHER WITH TIME
 Movements of Pressure
 Fronts and Effect
 Interpretation of Surface Charts
 Elementary Forecasting of Weather Change
5. 01.00
WEATHER MINIMA
 Cloud Base & Visibility
 Factors Effecting Weather Minima
 Landing Minima
 Take-Off Minima
TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.7 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

IFR (INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES) (AIRWAYS) FLIGHT PLANNING

 Meteorological Consideration
1. 01.00
 Selection of Route to Destination & Alternate
 General Flight Planning Tasks
 Student Practice in IFR Flight Planning
JET AIRPLANE FLIGHT PLANNING
2. 01.00
 Aspects Common to All Airplanes
 Additional Aspects for Jet Airplane
PRACTICAL JET FLIGHT PLANNING EXERCISES

 Extraction of Data
3.  Completion of Flight Plan 01.00
 Completion of Fuel Plan
 Completion of Critical Point and PET
 Completion of air Traffic Flight Plan
4. Critical Point and PNR 01.00

TOTAL 04.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 28 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.4.3.8 Air Traffic Management

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. ATC clearance procedures. 01.00

2. Airspace management; 01.00

3. Air traffic flow management; 00.30

4. Air traffic services; 00.30

5. Air traffic control services; 00.30

6. Separation; 00.30

TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.9 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 29 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.5 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

MILITARY PILOT LICENCE CONVERSION COURSE LAND CLASS
CPL ENDORSMENT
FLIGHT TRAINING: 10 Hours
SIMULATOR TRAINING: 5 Hours

7.5.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Single Engine Course:
 Have valid medical certificate
 Have license or validity document from Indenesia Armed Force/ABRI or
authorize
 Have logbook military pilot status

7.5.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to meet
the requirements for a Military Pilot License Conversion Course with an
airplane category rating and single-engine land class rating.

7.5.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD)

Flight Training Devices (FTDs) may be used for some of the flight training time
that is required CASR Part 141, Appendix K. Training in a flight simulator may
be credited for maximum of initial 5 percent of the total flight training hour
requirements of the approved course, or of this section, whichever is less.
Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi used Redbird FMX and ALSim
172 in this TCO.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 30 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.5.4 Simulator MILITARY CPL Syllabus.

Before Military LicenseEndorsement Training, Class RatingTraining shall be completed.

NUMBER OF
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE HOURS

 Local familiarization flight;

 Preflight Preparation
 Starting Procedure
 Taxiing
 Cockpit familiarization Cessna 172
and Garmin 1000;
 General commentary on features of
the aerodrome and local area;
01,00
AATD 01 First air  Student first experience of handling
experience controls.
 Pre-departure procedures;
 Procedures for handling over / taking
over control;
 Primary effect of control;
 Effect of airspeed and slipstream on
controls; and ancillary control.
 Post Flight Procedure
 Recommended power and IAS for 01.00
normal climb;
Normal and  Descending.
alternative climb  Climbing;
AATD 02  Best rate and angle of climb speed;
and descent
 En-route descent;
procedures:
 Approach descent;

 Orientation and lookout; 01.00

 Level turns, not exceeding standard
rate in both direction;
 Climbing turns and descending turns;
 Turns in various configurations,
Turns and Stall
simulating circuit procedures.
AATD 03
 Flight at low air speed;
 Full stall and recovery;
 Use of control during recovery;
 Approach to stall in landing
configuration.
 Circuit Procedure;
 Low Circuit; 01,00
AATD 04 Circuit Exercise  Flapless landing;
 Recovery Bouncing;
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 31 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Action after landing

 Crosswind Take Off And Landing
Force Landing Altitude on Area

Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Emergency on Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern 01,00

AATD 05
Area Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern

Unusual Condition

TOTAL 05.00

STAGE AATD.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting
AATD.01  Radio Communications 01,00
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Cockpit familiarization Cessna 172 and
Garmin 1000;
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 32 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE AATD.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
AATD.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE AATD.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
AATD.03
INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 33 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE AATD.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise

AATD.04 INTRODUCE 01,00

 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff

CIRCUIT PROCEDURE:

 Take-off and initial climb;

 Normal Circuit;
 Final approach;
 Control after landing.
 Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 34 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE AATD.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Normal Landing
INTRODUCE
AATD.05  Emergency on training area use S pattern, 8 01,00
pattern or U pattern depend on distance from
field,
 How to recover from unusual condition
Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 35 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.5.5 Flight Military CPL Syllabus

FLIGHT TRAINING ENDORSMENT FOR MILITARY

NUMBER OF
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE HOURS

 Local familiarization flight;

 Preflight Preparation
 Starting Procedure
 Taxiing
 Cockpit familiarization;
 General commentary on features of
the aerodrome and local area;
DGH 01 First air  Student first experience of handling 01,00
controls.
experience
 Pre-departure procedures;
 Procedures for handling over / taking
over control;
 Primary effect of control;
 Effect of airspeed and slipstream on
controls; and ancillary control.
 Post Flight Procedure
 Recommended power and IAS for 01.00
normal climb;
Normal and  Descending.
alternative climb  Climbing;
DGH 02  Best rate and angle of climb speed;
and descent
 En-route descent;
procedures:
 Approach descent;

 Orientation and lookout;

 Level turns, not exceeding standard
rate in both direction;
 Climbing turns and descending turns;
 Turns in various configurations,
Turns And Stall
simulating circuit procedures.
DGH 03
 Flight at low air speed;
 Full stall and recovery;
 Use of control during recovery;
 Approach to stall in landing
configuration.
 Circuit Procedure;
01,00
 Low Circuit;
DGH 04 Circuit Exercise
 Flapless landing;
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 36 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Recovery Bouncing;
 Action after landing
 Crosswind Take Off And Landing
Force Landing Altitude on Area

Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Emergency on Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern 01,00

DGH 05
Area Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern

Unusual Condition

 Action following engine failure;

 Glide attitude and speed;
 Choice of landing area;
 Action after landing.
Circuit Exercise 01,00
 Glide approach and landing;
DGH 06
 Communication failure;
 Missed approach procedure;
 Go around from unsafe landing;
 After Take Off Engine Failure
DGH 07  Basic control of aircraft with reference
to instrument only;
 Full panel exercise include
climbing turn, descending turn
 Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on
instruments and instrument power
Basic Instrument supplies,
 After take-off should transfer to climb
Maneuvers
on instruments, initially to straight
ahead, and turning onto heading for
instrument flying area;
 How to Procedure Homing with ADF
or VOR
Radio communication 01.00

Arrival Entry procedure

DGH 08  Review DGI 07 01.00

 When level in instrument area, use I/F
visor other vision-limiting device;
Basic Instrument  How to Procedure Homing with ADF
or VOR
Maneuvers
 Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and
pitching movements,
 Effects of sudden head
movements.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 37 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Stress need for monitoring engine

and system instruments
 Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);
 Straight climb and descents with
limited Panel and timing
 Climbing turn and descending turn
with limited panel and timing
 Stall with limited panel
 Arrival Entry procedure
DGH 09 Dual General Preparation for check, area and circuit
01.00
Handling

DGH 10 Checkride Checkride 01.00

TOTAL 10.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

STAGE DGH.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
DGH.01  Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 38 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
DGH.03  Collision avoidance

INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 39 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both

direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
DGH.04 01,00
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
INTRODUCE
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind
Circuit Procedure:takeoff
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 40 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Normal Landing
DGH.05 INTRODUCE 01,00
 Emergency on training area use S pattern, 8
pattern or U pattern depend on distance from
field,
 How to recover from unusual condition

Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

STAGE DGH.06
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit , rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Ground reference maneuvers

 Emergency operations:
DGH.06 01,00
 Low Circuit
 Short Approach
 Flaps Approach
 Normal and crosswind takeoffs
 Normal and crosswind landinggs

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 41 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Engine failure after T/O

Action following engine failure;

Glide attitude and speed;
Choice of landing area;
Action after landing.
Glide approach and landing;
RTF procedure for emergency;
Missed approach procedure;
Go around from unsafe landing;
After Take Off Engine Failure
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.

STAGE DGI.07
Stage Objective:The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival
DGI.07 01,00
Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument
only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 42 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

for instrument flying area;

When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

STAGE DGH 08
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Basic Instrument Flight:

 Timing Turn 01.00

 Limited Panel
DGH 08
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver with
limited panel in case instrument malfuction conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 43 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH 09
Stage Objective:Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium &Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
DGH 09 02.00
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area and Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could execute all exercise climb, descend, turn stall,
and timing comply with standards

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 44 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH 10
Stage Objective: Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

DGCA CHECKRIDE
DGH 10 01.00

Completion standards: The student could execute all exercise climb, descend, turn and
stall, comply with DGCA standards.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 45 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.6 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE
CPL - IR ENDORSMENT
GROUND TRAINING: 32 HOURS

7.6.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 61.73 for a commercial pilot and
Instrument Rating Military Pilot Conversion Course.

7.6.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that he/she
meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 61.73 for a commercial pilot
and Instrument Rating Military Pilot Conversion Course

7.6.3 Ground MILITARY IR Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

1. Rules And Regulation RAR 04.00

2. Type Rating ATR 04.00

3. Power Plant PWP 03.00

4. Airframe AIF 04.00

5. Instrument INS 04.00

6. Meteorology MET 04.00

7. Flight Planning And Navigation FPL 04.00

8. Air Traffic Management ATM 05.00

32.00

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 46 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.6.3.1 Flight Rules and Air law

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

GENERAL PROVISION OF AIR LEGISLATION

a. Types of Aviation Operation

1. 01.00
b. Regulation Requirements

c. Inspection of Civil Aircraft

FLIGHT TIME LIMITATION

a. Definitions

2. b. Avoidance of Fatigue 01.00

c. Maximum Duty & Flight Times

d. Rest Periods

3. RELEVANT CASR PART 61, 67, 91,135,121 and 135 02.00

TOTAL 04.00

7.6.3.2 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1 POH Section 1 & 2 General Limitation 01.00

2 POH Section 3 & 4 Emergency and Normal Procedure 01.00

3 POH Section 5 & 6 Performance & Weight and Balance 01.00

4 POH Section 7 & 8 aircraft system and handling service 01.00

TOTAL 04.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 47 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.6.3.3 Powerplant
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Basic Gas Turbine Engine

 Principles of Operation
 Basic Layout of Axial Flow Engines
1. 01.30
 Combustion Chamber and Ignition
 Turbines
 Accessories
 Fuel for Gas Turbine Engines
Operation of Jet Engines

 Simplicity & Reliability

2. 01.30
 Handling Characteristic
 Operation Problem
 Reverse Power
Turboprop Engine

3.  Advantages and Disadvantage 01.00

 Reduction Gear
 Propeller Pitch
TOTAL 04.00

7.6.3.4 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Retractable Undercarriage
1. Emergency Extension System 00.30

Powered Nose Wheel Steering

2 Multi-Engine Electrical System 00.30

Advanced Hydraulic System

3 Aircraft Electrical System 01.00

Fire Protection
4 Automatic Pilots 00.30

Pressurization, Air-condition & Oxygen Systems

5 00.30
Accidental Survival Systems

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 48 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.6.3.5 Instrument
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

Advanced Direction Indicator

1. 01.00
 Remote Indicating Compass
 Slaved Gyro System
Radio Magnetic Indicator
2 00.30
 Basic Principle
 Application to VOR & ADF
Miscellaneous Instrument

3  Outside Air Temperature 01.30

 Clock
 Electrical System Indicator
Flight Director System

4  Basic Principle 01.00

 Attitude Director Indicator (ADI)
 Horizontal Situation Indicator (HIS)

TOTAL 04.00

7.6.3.6 Meteorology
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS
TURBULENCE 00.30

1.  Nature
 Effect an Aircraft Operation
 Classification of Turbulence
LOW-LEVEL WIND SHEAR

2.  Cause and Indication 01.00

 Critical Condition
 Effect of Rapidity Changing Wind Component
WORLD-WIDE WEATHER
 Idealized General Circulation
3.  Basic Climatic Zones 01.00
 Gen. Weather Cond. in Major Areas of the World
 Features of Special Interest

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 49 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

SURFACE WEATHER CHARTS

4.  Information Displayed on Surface Charts 00.30

 Wind Patterns
 Weather Characteristics of Pressure Systems
THE CHANGE OF WEATHER WITH TIME
 Movements of Pressure
 Fronts and Effect
 Interpretation of Surface Charts
 Elementary Forecasting of Weather Change
5. 01.00
WEATHER MINIMA
 Cloud Base & Visibility
 Factors Effecting Weather Minima
 Landing Minima
 Take-Off Minima
TOTAL 04.00

7.6.3.7 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

IFR (INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES) (AIRWAYS) FLIGHT PLANNING

 Meteorological Consideration
1. 01.00
 Selection of Route to Destination & Alternate
 General Flight Planning Tasks
 Student Practice in IFR Flight Planning
JET AIRPLANE FLIGHT PLANNING
2. 01.00
 Aspects Common to All Airplanes
 Additional Aspects for Jet Airplane
PRACTICAL JET FLIGHT PLANNING EXERCISES

 Extraction of Data
3.  Completion of Flight Plan 01.00
 Completion of Fuel Plan
 Completion of Critical Point and PET
 Completion of air Traffic Flight Plan
4. Critical Point and PNR 01.00

TOTAL 04.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 50 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.6.3.1 Air Traffic Management

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. ATC clearance procedures. 01.00

2. Airspace management; 01.00

3. Air traffic flow management; 00.30

4. Air traffic services; 00.30

5. Air traffic control services; 00.30

6. Separation; 00.30

TOTAL 04.00

7.4.3.1 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 51 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.7 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION COURSE
CPL - IR ENDORSMENT
FLIGHT TRAINING: 10 Hours
SIMULATOR TRAINING: 5 Hours

7.7.1 Student Pilot Enrollment

The prerequisites for enrolling in the flight portion of the Endorsment
Military Pilot Course:
 Have valid medical certificate
 Have license or validity document from Indenesia Armed Force/ABRI or
authorize
 Have logbook military pilot status

7.7.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for a Military Pilot Conversion Course with an
airplane category rating and single-engine land class rating.

7.7.3 Use Of Flight Training Devices (FTD)

Flight Training Devices (FTDs) may be used for some of the flight training
time that is required CASR Part 141, Appendix K. Training in a flight
simulator may be credited for maximum of initial 5 percent of the total flight
training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this section,
whichever is less. Akademi Penerbang Indonesia Banyuwangi used
Redbird FMX and ALSim 172 in this TCO.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 52 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.7.4 Simulator MILITARY CPL - IR Syllabus.

Before Military Endorsement Training, Class Rating Training shall be completed.

NUMBER
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE OF HOURS

a) Local familiarization flight;

b) Preflight Preparation
c) Starting Procedure
d) Taxiing
e) Cockpit familiarization Cessna 172 and
Garmin 1000;
f) General commentary on features of
the aerodrome and local area;
AATD 01 First air 01,00
g) Student first experience of handling
experience controls.
h) Pre-departure procedures;
i) Procedures for handling over / taking
over control;
j) Primary effect of control;
k) Effect of airspeed and slipstream on
controls; and ancillary control.
l) Post Flight Procedure
a) Recommended power and IAS for 01.00
normal climb;
Normal and b) Descending.
alternative climb c) Climbing;
AATD 02 d) Best rate and angle of climb speed;
and descent
e) En-route descent;
procedures: f) Approach descent;

a) Orientation and lookout; 01.00

b) Level turns, not exceeding standard
rate in both direction;
c) Climbing turns and descending turns;
d) Turns in various configurations,
Turns and Stall
simulating circuit procedures.
AATD 03
e) Flight at low air speed;
f) Full stall and recovery;
g) Use of control during recovery;
h) Approach to stall in landing
configuration.
a) Circuit Procedure;
b) Low Circuit;
c) Flapless landing; 01,00
AATD 04 Circuit Exercise d) Recovery Bouncing;
e) Action after landing
f) Crosswind Take Off And Landing

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 53 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Force Landing Altitude on Area

Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Emergency on Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern 01,00

AATD 05
Area Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern

Unusual Condition

TOTAL 05.00

STAGE AATD.01

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting
AATD.01  Radio Communications 01,00
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Cockpit familiarization Cessna 172 and
Garmin 1000;
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 54 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE AATD.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
AATD.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE AATD.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
AATD.03
INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 55 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE AATD.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise

INTRODUCE
AATD.04 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff

CIRCUIT PROCEDURE:

 Take-off and initial climb;

 Normal Circuit;
 Final approach;
 Control after landing.
 Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 56 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE AATD.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Normal Landing

INTRODUCE
AATD.05 01,00
 Emergency on training area use S pattern, 8
pattern or U pattern depend on distance from
field,
 How to recover from unusual condition

Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 57 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.7.5 Flight Military CPL - IR Syllabus

FLIGHT TRAINING ENDORSMENT FOR MILITARY

NUMBER OF
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE HOURS

a. Local familiarization flight;

b. Preflight Preparation
c. Starting Procedure
d. Taxiing
e. Cockpit familiarization;
f. General commentary on features of
the aerodrome and local area;
DGH 01 First air g. Student first experience of handling 01,00
controls.
experience
h. Pre-departure procedures;
i. Procedures for handling over / taking
over control;
j. Primary effect of control;
k. Effect of airspeed and slipstream on
controls; and ancillary control.
l. Post Flight Procedure

a. Recommended power and IAS for 01.00

normal climb;
Normal and b. Descending.
alternative climb c. Climbing;
DGH 02 d. Best rate and angle of climb speed;
and descent
e. En-route descent;
procedures: f. Approach descent;

a. Orientation and lookout;

b. Level turns, not exceeding standard
rate in both direction;
c. Climbing turns and descending turns;
d. Turns in various configurations,
Turns And Stall
simulating circuit procedures.
DGH 03
e. Flight at low air speed;
f. Full stall and recovery;
g. Use of control during recovery;
h. Approach to stall in landing
configuration.
a. Circuit Procedure;
b. Low Circuit;
c. Flapless landing; 01,00
DGH 04 Circuit Exercise d. Recovery Bouncing;
e. Action after landing
f. Crosswind Take Off And Landing

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 58 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Force Landing Altitude on Area

Emergency Procedure “S” Pattern

Emergency on Emergency Procedure “8” Pattern 01,00

DGH 05
Area Emergency Procedure “U” Pattern

Unusual Condition

a. Action following engine failure;

b. Glide attitude and speed;
c. Choice of landing area;
d. Action after landing.
01,00
e. Glide approach and landing;
DGH 06 Circuit Exercise
f. Communication failure;
g. Missed approach procedure;
h. Go around from unsafe landing;
i. After Take Off Engine Failure
DGH 07 Basic Instrument a) Basic control of aircraft with reference
Maneuvers to instrument only;
 Full panel exercise include climbing
turn, descending turn
b) Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments
and instrument power supplies,
c) After take-off should transfer to climb
on instruments, initially to straight
ahead, and turning onto heading for
instrument flying area;
d) How to Procedure Homing with ADF
or VOR
Radio communication 01.00
Arrival Entry procedure

DGH 08 Basic Instrument a) Review DGI 07 01.00

Maneuvers b) When level in instrument area, use I/F
visor other vision-limiting device;
c) How to Procedure Homing with ADF
or VOR
d) Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and
pitching movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine
and system instruments
e) Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);
f) Straight climb and descents with
limited Panel and timing
g) Climbing turn and descending turn

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 59 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

with limited panel and timing

h) Stall with limited panel
i) Arrival Entry procedure
DGH 09 Dual General Preparation for check, area and circuit
01.00
Handling

DGH 10 Checkride Checkride 01.00

TOTAL 10.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

STAGE DGH.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
DGH.01  Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 60 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
DGH.03
INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 61 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION

REVIEW

 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise

INTRODUCE
DGH.04 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff

CIRCUIT PROCEDURE:

 Take-off and initial climb;

 Normal Circuit;
 Final approach;
 Control after landing.
 Normal Landing

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 62 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Normal Landing
INTRODUCE
DGH.05 01,00
 Emergency on training area use S pattern, 8
pattern or U pattern depend on distance from
field,
 How to recover from unusual condition
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

STAGE DGH.06
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit , rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Ground reference maneuvers

 Emergency operations:
 Low Circuit
DGH.06  Short Approach 01,00
 Flaps Approach
 Normal and crosswind takeoffs
 Normal and crosswind landinggs
 Engine failure after T/O
 Action following engine failure;
 Glide attitude and speed;
 Choice of landing area;
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 63 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

 Action after landing.

 Glide approach and landing;
 RTF procedure for emergency;
 Missed approach procedure;
 Go around from unsafe landing;

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.

STAGE DGI.07
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

DGI.07 only; 01,00
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.

After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,

initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 64 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control

movements;

Demonstrate disorientation effects;

 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching

movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns (Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

STAGE DGH 08
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

Basic Instrument Flight:

01.00
 Timing Turn
DGH 08  Limited Panel
 Tuning procedure.
 Compass Error Exercise
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: Thestudent must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver with
limited panel in case instrument malfuction conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 65 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH 09
Stage Objective: Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium &Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
DGH 09 02.00
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area and Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

POSTFLIGHT DISCUSS FOR NEXT STAGE

Completion standards: The student could execute all exercise climb, descend, turn stall,
and timing comply with standards

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 66 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

STAGE DGH 10
Stage Objective: Dual flight Preparations for CPL check, Review ground reference
maneuvers to increase skill to maintaining specific ground tracks. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL

DGCA CHECKRIDE
DGH 10 01.00

Completion standards: The student could execute all exercise climb, descend, turn and
stall, comply with DGCA standards.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 67 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.8 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. FAA-8083-25B PHAK Chapter 10 Aircraft Performance

2. FAA-8083-25B PHAK Chapter 9 Weight and Balance
3. FAA-H-8083-1A Aircraft Weight & Balance Handbook
4. FAA-H-8083-25B PHAK chapter 6 Aircraft Systems
5. JAA ATPL Airframes and Systems
6. JAA ATPL Performance
7. Latest Annex 10
8. Latest Annex 13
9. Latest CASR part 61
10. Latest CASR part 830
11. Latest CASR part 91
12. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
13. POH Cessna 172 SP

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 68 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

7.9 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1. Prescribes the requirement for issuing pilot and flight instructor license is:
a. CASR 91.
b. CASR 63.
c. CASR 61.
d. CASR 121.

2. A glider has the right of way over:

a. A balloon.
b. A parachute.
c. A helicopter.
d. No correct answer.

3. It is not allowed to make cruising flight within Indonesian airspace at:

a. FL 200.
b. FL 240.
c. FL 290.
d. FL 300.

4. Unless authorized, no aircraft may operate below 10,000 ft at speed:

a. Below 250 kt.
b. Below 200 kt.
c. Above 250 kt.
d. Above 200 kt.

5. Which condition that gives an aircraft the right of way over any other traffic?
a. Aircraft having communication failure.
b. Aircraft with ill passenger on board.
c. Aircraft in position for final approach.
d. Aircraft in distress condition.

6. An aircraft operated below 18,000 ft shall set its altimeter with reference to:
a. Current reported altimeter setting of a station along the route (QNH).
b. Standard altimeter setting of 1013.2 mb. (QNE).
c. Local aerodrome pressure (QFE).
d. Both „A‟ and „B‟ are correct.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: MIL 69 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 7
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE
MILITARY PILOT CONVERSION

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: MIL 70 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8. ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

LICENCE

8.1 ABOUT ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT LICENCE

8.1.1 AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA
Integrated training facilities are located at Komplek Bandar Udara
Blimbingsari, Jl. Agung Wilis Kecamatan Rogojampi Banyuwangi Jawa
Timur 68462 as home base training, and out base training use at
Trunojoyo Airport Sumenep,

8.1.2 COURSE TITLE

Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot License..

8.1.3 Experience Requirements for this Foreign Endorsement Curriculum

Include:
 Assessment test flight 1 hour to see student’s ability

Base on evaluation form refer to Appendix page APX 7-25. The sum of
the point have to be greater than “69”, so the Foreign Endorsement stage
can be completed in 10 hours. If the sum of the points less or equal to
“69” then Foreign Endorsement stage be completed in 15 hours
Training Endorsement Foreign

X > 69 10 Hours Training

X < 69 15 Hours Training

Where X is the sum of all the points from comments A= 3 Point, B = 2

Point and C = 1 Point. The Sum of Point have to be greater than 69 to
complete.
The calculation or formula stated on TPM point 4.10.2.

A. The result is satisfied (that the training standards of the foreign

country meet the standards of this part for the course credits
being sought)

 PPL Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course

1) 32 hours of ground training
2) 8 hourse of flight training
3) 2 hours of simulator flight training
 CPL Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course
1) 32 hours of ground training
2) 8 hourse of flight training
3) 2 hours of simulator flight training

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 IR Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course

1) 32 hours of ground training
2) 8 hourse of flight training
3) 2 hours of simulator flight training

B. The result is unsatisfied (that the training standards of the

foreign country meet the standards of this part for the course
credits being sought)

 PPL Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course

1) 32 hours of ground training
2) 13 hourse of flight training
3) 2 hours of simulator flight training
 CPL Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course
1) 32 hours of ground training
2) 13 hourse of flight training
3) 2 hours of simulator flight training
 IR Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course
1) 32 hours of ground training
2) 13 hourse of flight training
3) 2 hours of simulator flight training

8.1.4 Pre-requirements:
The prerequisites for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course:

1) PPL Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course

a) Must have valid license from origin country (ICAO contracting
state) of the student;
b) Must have valid indonesian medical certificate at least second
class.
c) Must Indonesian Citizen.

2) CPL Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course

a) Must have valid license from origin country (ICAO contracting
state) of the student;
b) Must have valid indonesian medical certificate (first class).
c) Must Indonesian Citizen.

3) IR Endorsement/ Conversion Foreign Pilot Licence Course

a) Must have valid license from origin country (ICAO contracting
state) of the student;
b) Must have valid indonesian medical certificate (first class).
c) Must Indonesian Citizen.
Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 2 Issued 02
Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

This TCO meets all of the curriculum requirements for the endorsement/
conversion foreign pilot license contained in CASR 61.75 & 141.67(q).
The training syllabus herein contains a separate ground training course
and a flight training course which will be taught concurrently.

8.1.5 COURSE OBJECTIVE.

Upon completion of this course the participants will be holding Indonesian
Licence

8.1.6 COMPLETION STANDARD. The student must be able to demonstrate

though written tests, practical tests, and through appropriate that he/she
meets the knowledge, skill and experience requirements necessary to
obtain a endorsement/ conversion foreign pilot license as basis for a
Republic of Indonesian License.

8.1.7 GROUND INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES.

A. API Banyuwangi conducted Multi Engine Course ground training at
Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi. It consist of 3 (three) classrooms
at Operation 2 Building with size specification 11,85m x 4,85m for
capacities to a maximum of 32 students, 2 (two) classrooms at Hangar
Alpha with size specification 6,9m x 3,9m for capacities to a maximum
of 12 students. The room is also equipped with stationery, white board,
chairs, tables, projector and computer.
B. Training Room is well lighted and the temperature is thermostatically
controlled in 24c-29c. The room is well 4 ventilated, sanitation and
health codes. The rooms are designed and located so that students
will not be distracted by instruction conducted in the other rooms.

8.1.8 AIRPORT.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School
Information (2.6.1.), (2.6.2.) and (2.6.3)

8.1.9 AIRPORT FACILITIES.

a) API Banyuwangi. These are permanent structures located next to the
API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 3 X 5 meters square
and equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning
purpose. In front of the briefing room has 3 chairs for student waiting.
The Flight Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF
radio communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
b) Trunojoyo Airport. These are Container structures located outside
Trunojoyo airport. The briefing areas are 3 X 8 meters square and
equipped with numerous tables and white boards for planning
purpose. In front of the briefing room has 2 chairs for student waiting.
The Flight Operation Center has a full set of aeronautical chart, VHF
radio communication transceiver for the Flight Following.
c) Sultan M. Kaharuddin Airport. These are permanent structures
located next to the API Banyuwangi Flops. The briefing areas are 4 X
Date: September 3rd, 2021 Page: FOR 3 Issued 02
Revision 06
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

6 meters square and equipped with numerous tables and white

boards for planning purpose. In front of the briefing room has 3 tall
chairs for student waiting. The Flight Operation Center has a full set
of aeronautical chart, VHF radio communication transceiver for the
Flight Following.

8.1.10 AIRPLANE.
Refer to Training Procedure Manual Chapter 2 Pilot School
Information(2.8.4)

8.1.11 CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR. Chief Flight Instructor for this course is
Capt. Biyan Barlian.

8.1.12 ASSISTANT CHIEF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR.

Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Binsar Parulian S.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Mahendra Bravo K.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Chairustakmal
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Deri Hermawan
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Ananditya P.
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. M. Arief Rakhman
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Satria Laksmana
Assistant Chief Instructor for this course is Capt. Yusuf Arta W.

8.1.13 INSTRUCTORS.
a) Flight Instructor. The minimum qualifications and ratings for flight
instructors for this course must be the holder of at least a Commercial
Pilot License with an Airplane category rating. The instructor must be
the holder of Flight Instructor Certificate with an airplane category
rating, Instrument Rating and Ground Instructor Certificate also Refer
to Instructor Level (Appendix 5 B Training Course Outline).
b) Ground Instructor. The requirement of ground instructor must be
have Ground instructor Certificate, Standard Competention which
approved by Associated Regulator.

8.1.14 LIST OF INSTRUCTORS.

Refer to Appendix 5 Training Course Outline

Date: July 14th, 2021 Page: FOR 4 Issued 02

Revision 03
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

PPL ENDORSEMENT/CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT LICENCE COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 32 HOURS

8.2.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 61.73 for an Endorsement/Conversion
Foreign Pilot License Course.

8.2.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that
he/she meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xl.3.(c) for
Endorsement/Conversion Foreign Pilot License Course.

8.2.3 Ground FOREIGN PPL Syllabus

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

1. Aerodynamics-Refreshment & Examination ADY 02.00

2. Rules and Regulation-Refreshment & Examination RAR 03.00

3. Principle of Flight-Refreshment & Examination POF 02.00

4. Navigations-Refreshment & Examination NAV 03.00

5. Aircraft Performance-Refreshment & Examination AFP 02.00

6. Power Plant-Refreshment & Examination PPL 02.00

7. Airframe and Aircraft System-Refreshment & AAS 03.00

Examination
8. Instrument-Refreshment & Examination INS 03.00

9. Meteorology-Refreshment & Examination MET 03.00

10. Flight Planning-Refreshment & Examination FPL 03.00

11. Conduct of Flight-Refreshment & Examination COF 03.00

12. Air Traffic Management-Refreshment & Examination ATM 03.00

TOTAL 32.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 5 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

8.2.3.1 Aerodynamic

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Property of the Atmosphere
 Development of Aerodynamic Forces
 Force and Dimention of Aircraft
 Theories Lift, Drag& Angle of Attack
 Ground Effect 02.00
 Stalls & Spinning
 Stability
 Aerodynamic forces in flight maneuvers
 Wingtip Vortices
 Basic propeller principles
 Moment and moment arm& Load Factor
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 6 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.2 Air law, Rules and Regulation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

INTRODUCTIONS

 Air Law and Rules Regulations with ICAO

a. CASR Part 1. Definitions and Abbreviations

CASR part 67: Medical Standards and Certification

b. CASR Part 91:General Operating and Flight Rules.

CASR Part 121: Certification and Operating Requirement Domestic, Flag
and Supplemental Air Carrier

CASR Part 61: Licensing of Pilot and Flight Instructor.

c. CASR Part 135: Certification and Operating Requirement for Commuter 03.00
and Carter.

1. d. CASR Part 141: Certification and Operating Requirement for Pilot

Schools

e. CASR Part 830 Aircraft accident or incident report procedures.

AIR LAW

 International and National Laws

Written Test by Instructor

TOTAL HOURS 03.00

8.2.3.3 Principle of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Atmosphere
 Theories in the production of lift
02.00
 Airfoil design
 A third dimension
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 7 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.4 General Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Introduction to Navigation
 The Earth
 Introduction to Charts
 Navigation Computer I
 Navigation Computer II
 In-flight Navigation Procedures
03.00
 Practical Charts Exercises
 Aeronautical Charts
 Use of Radio Navigation
 Plotting position lines in flight
 Time
 Sunrise, Sunset and Twilight
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.2.3.5 Aircraft Performance Weight and Balance

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Importance of performance data;
 Structure of the atmosphere
 Atmospheric pressure
 Pressure altitude
 Density altitude
 Performance
02.00
 Performance speed
 Performance charts
 Climb requirement
 Weight control
 Balance, stability and center of gravity
 Determining loaded weight and CG
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 8 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.6 Power Plant

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Propellers (fixed pitch; controllable)
 Reciprocating airplane engine (construction features; principle of
operation – four stroke cycle; 02.00
 fuel system, including carburetors and fuel injectors; lubrication
system; ignition system; engine instruments; operating limitations)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.2.3.7 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Airplane hydraulic system (principle of hydraulics; use of
hydraulics in airplanes; construction features of simple airplane
hydraulic system; retractable landing gear and flap; malfunction
and remedial action)
 Airplane electrical system fundamental of electricity; operation of
airplane electrical power system units; electrically operated flight
03.00
instrument; retractable landing gear; wing flaps; leading edge
device and spoiler; fuses and circuit breaker; malfunction and
remedial action
 Maintenance requirement and appropriate record
 Airplane structures (construction feature flight control system;
rigging)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 9 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.8 Aircraft Instrument

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Pitot static system and instrument (airspeed indicator, including
markings; altimeter and altitude encoder; vertical speed
indicator, anti-ice and de-ice system; malfunctions and remedial
actions).
03.00
 Vacuum system and instruments (altitude indicator; heading
indicator; turn and slip indicator).
 Magnetic compass (errors in the magnetic compass; use of the
magnetic compass)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.2.3.9 Meteorology

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 The Atmosphere
 Temperatures
 Pressure & Pressure Systems
 Basic Altimetry
 Winds (moon soon wind, trade wind, global wind, ATCZ)
 Atmosphere Stability
03.00
 Clouds
 Visibility
 Fog Formation
 Thunderstorms
 Air mass
 Meteorological Services
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 10 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.10 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
FLIGHT PLAN FOR CROSS-COUNTRY

 Navigation Plans
 Fuel Plan
 Radio Communication Navigation Aid

ATC FLIGHT PLAN

 Types of Flight Plan

 Completing the Flight Plan
 Filling the Flight Plan 03.00
 Adherence to Flight Plan
 Closing Flight Plan

PRACTICAL EXERCISES IN-FLIGHT PLANNING

 Charts Preparation
 Navigation Flight Plan
 Simple Fuel Plan
 Radio Planning Practice

Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.2.3.11 Conduct of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Route Guides Manual
 Aerodromes Manual
 Flight Preparation & Flight Plan
 In-Flight Procedures
 Emergency & Survival
 Passenger briefing 03.00
 Use of Oxygen
 Carriage of Dangerous Goods or Not carriage of Dangerous
Goods
 Flight Operation Manual
 Flight Safety
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 11 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.12 Air Traffic Management

NO SYLLABUS HOURS

1.  Definition of annex 10 volume 02

 Aeronautical mobile service – voice comm.
 Rt procedure
 Phrases
 Composisition of message
03.00
 Calling
 Subsequent rt communication
 Indication of transmitting frequency
 Test procedure (radio check)
 Communication failure
 Distress & urgency rt comm. Procedures

8.2.3.13 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action: 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 12 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.2.3.14 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 13 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.3 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

PRIVATE PILOT LICENSE ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT
FLIGHT TRAINING if SATISFIED: 8 Hours
FLIGHT TRAINING if UNSATISFIED: 13 Hours

8.3.1 Student Pilot Enrollment:

The prerequisites for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course:
a) Must have valid license from origin country of the student;
b) Must have valid indonesian medical certificate at least second class.
c) Must completed Ground Class Rating Training and test assessment
result (1 hour flight)

8.3.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course: with an airplane category rating.

8.3.3 Satisfied Flight Foreign PPL Syllabus

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CURRICULUM

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 01.00

General Handling GH 03.00

General Instrument GI 03.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 14 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

PPL STAGE
NUMBER OF
PPL
HOURS
STAGE FLIGHT EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

DFAM Basic VFR Airwork, Straight & Level

flight, Turn, Climb, Descend, Change 01,00
Familiarization of Airspeed, Flaps configuration,
Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern
Straight & level flight, turn, climb,
General Handling
descend, change of airspeed, flaps 01,00
DGH 01
configuration, approaching & Full Stall.

DGH 02 General Handling All Circuit Pattern Exercise include

01,00
Emergencies

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend,

Medium / Steep Turn, Stall exercise,
General Handling 01,00
Timed Turn, Limited Panel, Compass
DGH 03
Error, Recovery From Unusual
Position, and Emergency.
a) Basic control of aircraft with reference
to instrument only;
 Full panel.
b) Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on
instruments and instrument power
supplies,
DGI 01 General  Check instruments whilst taxiing 01,00
straight and turning in both
Instrument
directions.
c) After take-off should transfer to climb
on instruments, initially to straight
ahead, and turning onto heading for
instrument flying area;
d) When level in instrument area, use I/F
visor other vision-limiting device;
a) Basic control of aircraft with reference
to instrument only;
 Full panel.
b) Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on
instruments and instrument power
DGI 02 General 01,00
supplies,
Instrument  Check instruments whilst taxiing
straight and turning in both
directions.
c) After take-off should transfer to climb
on instruments, initially to straight
ahead, and turning onto heading for
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 15 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

instrument flying area;

d) When level in instrument area, use I/F
visor other vision-limiting device;

a) Demonstrate disorientation effects;

 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and
pitching movements,
 Effects of sudden head
movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine
General and system instruments
DGI 03 01.00
Instrument b) Straight and level flight using visor or
screen;
Attitude flying, using attitude indicator
as primary reference (Instrument
scan).
c) Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);
Straight climb and descents.(limited
Panel)
a) All manouver on area
CX Check Ride 01.00
b) All circuit excercise
c) Emergency excercise and procedure
08.00
TOTAL

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 16 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DFAM.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
DFAM
 Engine starting 01,00
01
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure
Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.01 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 17 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance

INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
DGH.02
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 18 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
DGH.03 01,00
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
INTRODUCE
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind
Circuit Procedure:takeoff
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 19 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.01
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DGI 01 turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 20 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.02
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit , rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DGI.02 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 21 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.03
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DGI.03 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 22 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE CX
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
 All basic Air works Area and Circuit.
 Visual inspection 01.00
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
FLIGHT
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
CX
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal / Crosswind takeoff
 Emergencies Procedure
 All circuit Exercise
 Airmanship
Review All Exercise Circuit
LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion standards: The student must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver had
been teached properly.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 23 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.3.4 Unsatisfied Flight Foreign Endorse Syllabus

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CURRICULUM

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 02.00

General Handling GH 05.00

General Instrument GI 05.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 13.00

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE PPL SYLLABUS

NUMBER
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE OF
HOURS

DFAM
Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level flight, Turn,
01 Climb, Descend, Change of Airspeed, Flaps 01,00
Familiarizatio
configuration, Approaching to stall, Circuit
n Pattern
DFAM
Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level flight, Turn,
02 Climb, Descend, Change of Airspeed, Flaps 01,00
Familiarizatio
configuration, Approaching to stall, Circuit
n Pattern

General Straight & level flight, turn, climb, descend,

DGH 01,00
Handling change of airspeed, flaps configuration,
01 approaching & Full Stall.

General Straight & level flight, turn, climb, descend,

DGH 01,00
Handling change of airspeed, flaps configuration,
02 approaching & Full Stall.

DGH General
03 Handling All Circuit Pattern Exercise include Emergencies 01,00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 24 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend, Medium /

General
DGH Steep Turn, Stall exercise, Timed Turn, Limited 01,00
Handling Panel, Compass Error, Recovery from Unusual
04
Position, and Emergency.

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend, Medium /

General
DGH Steep Turn, Stall exercise, Timed Turn, Limited 01,00
Handling Panel, Compass Error, Recovery from Unusual
05
Position, and Emergency.
a) Basic control of aircraft with reference to
instrument only;
 Full panel.
b) Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
DGI 01  Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and 01,00
General turning in both directions.
Instrument c) After take-off should transfer to climb on
instruments, initially to straight ahead, and
turning onto heading for instrument flying area;
d) When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;

a) Basic control of aircraft with reference to

instrument only;
 Full panel.
b) Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
DGI 02  Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and 01,00
General turning in both directions.
Instrument c) After take-off should transfer to climb on
instruments, initially to straight ahead, and
turning onto heading for instrument flying area;
d) When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;

a) Demonstrate disorientation effects;

 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
DGI 03
General  Stress need for monitoring engine and
Instrument system instruments 01.00
b) Straight and level flight using visor or screen;
Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
c) Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);
Straight climb and descents.(limited Panel)

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 25 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

a) Demonstrate disorientation effects;

 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
General  Stress need for monitoring engine and
DGI 04 01.00
Instrument system instruments
b) Straight and level flight using visor or screen;
Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
c) Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);
Straight climb and descents.(limited Panel)
a) Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
General  Stress need for monitoring engine and
DGI 05 01.00
Instrument system instruments
b) Straight and level flight using visor or screen;
Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
c) Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);
Straight climb and descents.(limited Panel)
a) All manouver on area
CX Check Ride 01.00
b) All circuit excercise
c) Emergency excercise and procedure
13.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 26 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DFAM.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
DFAM
 Engine starting 01,00
01
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DFAM.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
01,00
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
DFAM
 Engine starting
02
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 27 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Local Familiarizati0n Flight

Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.01

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.01 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 28 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.02 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance

DGH 03 INTRODUCE 01,00

 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 29 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.
Students know stall process and how to recovery for prepare circuit exercise.

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
DGH.04 INTRODUCE 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff
Circuit Procedure:
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 30 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGH.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
DGH.05 INTRODUCE 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff
Circuit Procedure:
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 31 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.01
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DGI 01 turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 32 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.02
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit , rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DGI.02 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 33 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.03
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DGI.03 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.
STAGE DGI.04
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 34 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DGI.04 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.
STAGE DGI.05

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 35 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DGI.05 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.
STAGE CX

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 36 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
 All basic Air works Area and Circuit.
 Visual inspection 01.00
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
FLIGHT
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
CX
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
 Normal / Crosswind takeoff
 Emergencies Procedure
 All circuit Exercise
 Airmanship
Review All Exercise Circuit
LANDING POSTFLIGHT PROCEDURE

Completion standards: The student must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver had
been teached properly.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 37 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.4 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

CPL ENDORSEMENT/CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT LICENCE COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 32 HOURS

8.4.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 61.73 for an Endorsement/Conversion
Foreign Pilot License Course.

8.4.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that
he/she meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xl.3.(c) for
Endorsement/Conversion Foreign Pilot License Course.

8.4.3 Ground FOREIGN CPL Syllabus

SUBJECT CODE HOURS

1. Aerodynamics-Refreshment & Examination ADY 02.00

2. Rules And Regulation-Refreshment & Examination RAR 03.00

3. Radio Aids to Air Navigation-Refreshment & Examination RAN 03.00

4. Principle of Flight-Refreshment & Examination POF 02.00

5. Navigations-Refreshment & Examination NAV 03.00

6. Aircraft Performance-Refreshment & Examination AFP 02.00

7. Power Plant-Refreshment & Examination PPL 02.00

8. Airframe And Aircraft System-Refreshment & Examination AAS 02.00

9. Instrument-Refreshment & Examination INS 03.00

10. Meteorology-Refreshment & Examination MET 02.00

11. Flight Planning-Refreshment & Examination FPL 03.00

12. Conduct Of Flight-Refreshment & Examination COF 02.00

13. Air Traffic Management-Refreshment & Examination ATM 03.00

TOTAL 32.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 38 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

8.4.3.1 Aerodynamic
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Property of the Atmosphere
 Development of Aerodynamic Forces
 Force and Dimention of Aircraft
 Theories Lift, Drag& Angle of Attack
 Ground Effect
 Stalls & Spinning 02.00
 Stability
 Aerodynamic forces in flight maneuvers
 Wingtip Vortices
 Basic propeller principles
 Moment and moment arm& Load Factor
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.2 Air law, Rules and Regulation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

INTRODUCTIONS

 Air Law and Rules Regulations with ICAO

a. CASR Part 1. Definitions and Abbreviations 03.00

CASR part 67: Medical Standards and Certification

b. CASR Part 91:General Operating and Flight Rules.

CASR Part 121: Certification and Operating Requirement Domestic, Flag

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 39 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

and Supplemental Air Carrier

CASR Part 61: Licensing of Pilot and Flight Instructor.

c. CASR Part 135: Certification and Operating Requirement for Commuter

and Carter.
1.
d. CASR Part 141: Certification and Operating Requirement for Pilot
Schools

e. CASR Part 830 Aircraft accident or incident report procedures.

AIR LAW

 International and National Laws

Written Test by Instructor

TOTAL HOURS 03.00

8.4.3.3 Radio Aids to Air Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS
1. Review For Radio Aid Navigation PPl To CPL Stage

Marker Beacon
 Basic Principle
 Airplane Equipment
ILS
 General
 Localizer
 Glide Slope
 Application
Radio Altimeter 03.00

 Principle of Operation
 Control & Instrument
 Use of Operation
RADAR
 Primary Radar
 Secondary Radar
 Radar & ATS
 Radar Surveillance Approach
 Weather Radar
 Precision Approach Radar

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 40 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Introduction to Other Navigation Means

 GPS
 INS
GPWS and TCAS
Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.4.3.4 Principle of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Atmosphere
 Theories in the production of lift
02.00
 Airfoil design
 A third dimension
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.5 General Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Introduction to Navigation
 The Earth
 Introduction to Charts
 Navigation Computer I
 Navigation Computer II
 In-flight Navigation Procedures
03.00
 Practical Charts Exercises
 Aeronautical Charts
 Use of Radio Navigation
 Plotting position lines in flight
 Time
 Sunrise, Sunset and Twilight
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 41 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.4.3.6 Aircraft Performance Weight and Balance

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Importance of performance data;
 Structure of the atmosphere
 Atmospheric pressure
 Pressure altitude
 Density altitude
 Performance
02.00
 Performance speed
 Performance charts
 Climb requirement
 Weight control
 Balance, stability and center of gravity
 Determining loaded weight and CG
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.7 Power Plant

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Propellers (fixed pitch; controllable)
 Reciprocating airplane engine (construction features; principle of
operation – four stroke cycle; 02.00
 fuel system, including carburetors and fuel injectors; lubrication
system; ignition system; engine instruments; operating limitations)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.8 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Airplane hydraulic system (principle of hydraulics; use of
hydraulics in airplanes; construction features of simple airplane 02.00
hydraulic system; retractable landing gear and flap; malfunction
and remedial action)
 Airplane electrical system fundamental of electricity; operation of
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 42 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

airplane electrical power system units; electrically operated flight

instrument; retractable landing gear; wing flaps; leading edge
device and spoiler; fuses and circuit breaker; malfunction and
remedial action
 Maintenance requirement and appropriate record
 Airplane structures (construction feature flight control system;
rigging)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.9 Aircraft Instrument

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Pitot static system and instrument (airspeed indicator, including
markings; altimeter and altitude encoder; vertical speed
indicator, anti-ice and de-ice system; malfunctions and remedial
actions).
03.00
 Vacuum system and instruments (altitude indicator; heading
indicator; turn and slip indicator).
 Magnetic compass (errors in the magnetic compass; use of the
magnetic compass)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.4.3.10 Meteorology
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 The Atmosphere
 Temperatures
 Pressure & Pressure Systems
 Basic Altimetry
 Winds (moon soon wind, trade wind, global wind, ATCZ)
 Atmosphere Stability 02.00
 Clouds
 Visibility
 Fog Formation
 Thunderstorms
 Air mass
 Meteorological Services
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 43 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.11 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
FLIGHT PLAN FOR CROSS-COUNTRY

Navigation Plans
Fuel Plan
Radio Communication Navigation Aid
ATC FLIGHT PLAN

Types of Flight Plan

Completing the Flight Plan
03.00
Filling the Flight Plan
Adherence to Flight Plan
Closing Flight Plan
PRACTICAL EXERCISES IN-FLIGHT PLANNING

Charts Preparation
Navigation Flight Plan
Simple Fuel Plan
Radio Planning Practice
Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.4.3.12 Conduct of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Route Guides Manual
 Aerodromes Manual
 Flight Preparation & Flight Plan
 In-Flight Procedures
 Emergency & Survival 02.00
 Passenger briefing
 Use of Oxygen
 Carriage of Dangerous Goods or Not carriage of Dangerous
Goods
 Flight Operation Manual
 Flight Safety

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 44 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.4.3.13 Air Traffic Management

NO SYLLABUS HOUR
S

1.  DEFINITION OF ANNEX 10 VOLUME 02

 AERONAUTICAL MOBILE SERVICE – VOICE COMM.
 RT PROCEDURE
 PHRASES
 COMPOSISITION OF MESSAGE
03.00
 CALLING
 SUBSEQUENT RT COMMUNICATION
 INDICATION OF TRANSMITTING FREQUENCY
 TEST PROCEDURE (RADIO CHECK)
 COMMUNICATION FAILURE
 DISTRESS & URGENCY RT COMM. PROCEDURES

8.4.3.14 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action: 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 45 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

8.4.3.15 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 46 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.5 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

COMMERCIAL PILOT LICENSE ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN
PILOT FLIGHT TRAINING if SATISFIED: 8 Hours
FLIGHT TRAINING if UNSATISFIED: 13 Hours

8.5.1 Student Pilot Enrollment:

The prerequisites for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course:
a) Must have valid license from origin country of the student;
b) Must have valid indonesian medical certificate at least first class.
c) Must completed Ground Class Rating Training and test assessment
result ( 1 hour flight )

8.5.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course: with an airplane category rating.

8.5.3 Satisfied Flight Foreign Endorse Syllabus

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CURRICULUM

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 01.00

General Handling GH 06.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 47 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

CPL/IR STAGE

CPL/IR NUMBER OF
HOURS
STAGE FLIGHT EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

DFAM Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level

flight, Turn, Climb, Descend, Change 01,00
Familiarization of Airspeed, Flaps configuration,
Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern

Straight & level flight, turn, climb,

General Handling descend, change of airspeed, flaps
DGH 01 configuration, approaching & Full
Stall.
01,00

DGH 02 General Handling All Circuit Pattern Exercise include

Emergencies.
01,00

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend,

Medium / Steep Turn, Stall exercise,
DGH 03 General Handling 01,00
Timed Turn, Full Panel.

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend,

General Basic Medium / Steep Turn, Stall exercise, 01,00
DGI 01 Timed Turn, Limited Panel, Compass
Instrument Error,

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend,

General Basic Medium / Steep Turn, Stall exercise, 01,00
DGI 02 Timed Turn, Emergency Procedure
Instrument (Force Landing Altitude)
Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend,
Medium / Steep Turn, Stall exercise,
01.00
Timed Turn, Limited Panel, Compass
DGH 06 General Handling
Error, Emergency Procedure (Force
Landing Altitude)
CX Check Ride
Review Area, Circuit and Emergency 01.00

08.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 48 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DFAM
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
DFAM PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.01 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 49 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
DGH.02 INTRODUCE 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff
CIRCUIT PROCEDURE:
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 50 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure 01,00

DGH.03
Introduce Full Panel Instrument

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
DGH.04  Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Steep turns
01,00
th
Date: February 28 , 2020 Page: FOR 51 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Introduce Limited Panel and Compass Error

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.

STAGE DGI.01
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure 01,00
 Full Panel Instrument
DGI.01
Introduce Emergency Procedure (Force Landing
Altitude)
Orientation and lookout;
Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 52 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.02
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure 01,00
 Limited Panel Instrument
DGI.02  Compass Error
 Emergency Procedure (Force Landing
Altitude)
Orientation and lookout;
Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 53 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE CX
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium& Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
CX 01.00
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area & Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

Completion standards: The student must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver had
been teached properly.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 54 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.5.4 Unsatisfied Flight Foreign Endorse Syllabus

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CURRICULUM

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 02.00

General Handling GH 05.00

General Instrument GI 05.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 13.00

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CPL-IR SYLLABUS

NUMBER
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE OF
HOURS

DFAM
01 Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level flight, Turn,
Familiarizatio 01,00
Climb, Descend, Change of Airspeed, Flaps
n configuration, Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern

DFAM
02 Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level flight, Turn,
Familiarizatio 01,00
Climb, Descend, Change of Airspeed, Flaps
n configuration, Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern

General Straight & level flight, turn, climb, descend,

DGH 01,00
Handling change of airspeed, flaps configuration,
01 approaching & Full Stall.

General Straight & level flight, turn, climb, descend,

DGH 01,00
Handling change of airspeed, flaps configuration,
02 approaching & Full Stall.

DGH General
03 Handling All Circuit Pattern Exercise include Emergencies 01,00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 55 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend, Medium /

DGH General Steep Turn, Stall exercise, Timed Turn, 01,00
Recovery From Unusual Position, and
04 Handling Emergency.

Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend, Medium /

DGH General Steep Turn, Stall exercise, Timed Turn, 01,00
Recovery From Unusual Position, and
05 Handling Emergency.
Dual General Full Panel Instrument
or Basic Climbing by Timing
DGI 01 Instrument 01,00
Descend by Timing
Rate one turn by Timing
Dual General Full Panel Instrument
or Basic Clean Stall with Instrumen Reference (Power on /
Instrument Power off)
DGI 02 Dirty Stall with Instrumen Reference (Power on / 01,00
Power off)
Medium Turn with Instrumen Reference
Steep Turn with Instrumen Reference
Dual General Limited Panel Instrument
or Basic Compass Error
DGI 03 Instrument 01,00
Climbing by Timing
Descend by Timing
Rate one turn by Timing
Dual General
Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend, Medium /
DGI 04 or Basic 01.00
Steep Turn, Stall exercise, Timed Turn,
Instrument Emergency Procedure (Force Landing Altitude)
Dual General Slow Flight turn, Slow flight Descend, Medium /
DGI 05 or Basic Steep Turn, Stall exercise, Timed Turn, Limited 01.00
Instrument Panel, Compass Error, Emergency Procedure
(Force Landing Altitude)

CX Check Ride Review Area, Circuit and Emergency 01.00

13.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

STAGE DFAM.01
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 56 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
DFAM INTRODUCTION
01  Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DFAM.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
DFAM
 Aircraft V-speeds
02 01,00
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 57 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

General commentary on features of the aerodrome

and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DGH.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
 Climbing;
DGH.01 01,00
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure
Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
 Recommended power and IAS for normal
climb;
 Descending.
DGH.02 01,00
 Climbing;
 Best rate and angle of climb speed;
 En-route descent;
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 58 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 Approach descent;
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The student can use power, pitch and limitation both of it and
calculate vertical speed indicator related with distance.

STAGE DGH.03
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. Turns
around a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance

INTRODUCE 01,00
 Steep turns
DGH.03
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure

Orientation and lookout;

Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration. Students know stall process and how to recovery for
prepare circuit exercise.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 59 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGH.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
DGH.04 INTRODUCE 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff
Circuit Procedure:
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 60 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGH.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of circuit manouvering training, introduce pattern
and visual ground refference.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Normal takeoff
 S-turns
 Traffic pattern operations
 Normal Landing
 Low circuit
 Bouncing exercise
DGH.05 INTRODUCE 01,00
 Slips: Forward/side
 Crosswind takeoff
Circuit Procedure:
Take-off and initial climb;
Normal Circuit;
Final approach;
Control after landing.
Normal Landing
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION

Completion Standards: Students can take off and landing, can recovery in case emergency
condition on circuit area,

STAGE DGI.01
Stage Objective:The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart Instrument Departure (SID)
DGI.01 01.00
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Turns
 Rate one turn - Timing
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 61 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 Stalls
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage

STAGE DGI.02
Stage Objective:The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Preflight
 Training area
 Standart departure
 Practices Basic Intrument
 Turns
 Rate one turn (Timing)
 Climbing Turn (Timing)
DGI.02 01.00
 Descending Turn ( Timing)
 VOR / NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
Orientation
 Stalls
 Limited panel
 All Circuit exercise
 Standard Arrival
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards: The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 62 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DGI.03
Stage Objective:The student will Perform Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW

 Preflight
 Training area
 SID
 Practices Limited Panel
 Turns
DGI.03 02.00
 Climbing turn Timing
 Desending turn Timing
 VOR / NDB Instrument Intercepting
 Stalls
 Slowflight turn Timing
 STAR
POST FLIGHT CRITIQUE AND PREVIEW FOR
NEXTLESSON

Completion standards:The student should perform and maintain flight in ±100ft altitude,
±10degress heading, 5 knots airspeed while demonstrating the maneuvers listed in the
content of this stage.

STAGE DGI.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
DGI.04  Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure 01,00
 Full Panel Instrument

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 63 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Introduce Emergency Procedure (Force Landing

Altitude)
Orientation and lookout;
Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.

STAGE DGI.05
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of a review of all previous maneuvers. turns around
a point, practice and more ground reference maneuvers. Introduce steep turns.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION REVIEW

 Maneuvering at slowflight
 Clean & Dirty stall
 Normal takeoff andd landings
 Traffic pattern operations
 Collision avoidance
 Steep turns
 Traffic pattern entry and deparrture procedure 01,00
 Limited Panel Instrument
DGI.05  Compass Error
 Emergency Procedure (Force Landing
Altitude)
Orientation and lookout;
Level turns, not exceeding standard rate in both
direction;
Climbing turns;
Descending turns;
Turns in various configurations, simulating circuit
procedures
POSTFLIGHT DISCUSSION.

Completion standards: The student must be know visual nose attitude combination with
bank angle and power configuration.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 64 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE CX
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium& Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
CX 01.00
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area & Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

Completion standards: The student must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver had
been teached properly.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 65 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.6 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – GROUND TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

IR ENDORSEMENT/CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT LICENCE COURSE
GROUND TRAINING: 32 HOURS

8.6.1 Ground Training Course Objectives

The student will obtain the necessary aeronautical knowledge and meet the
pre-requisite specified in CASR part 61.73 for an Endorsement/Conversion
Foreign Pilot License Course.

8.6.2 Ground Training Course Completion Standard

The student will demonstrate through practical tests, and records that
he/she meets the pre-requisites specified in CASR part 141xl.3.(c) for
Endorsement/Conversion Foreign Pilot License Course.

8.6.3 Ground FOREIGN IR Syllabus

SUBJECT CODE HOURS

1. Aerodynamics-Refreshment & Examination ADY 02.00

2. Rules And Regulation-Refreshment & Examination RAR 03.00

3. Radio Aids to Air Navigation-Refreshment & Examination RAN 03.00

4. Principle Of Flight-Refreshment & Examination POF 02.00

5. Navigations-Refreshment & Examination NAV 03.00

6. Aircraft Performance-Refreshment & Examination AFP 02.00

7. Power Plant-Refreshment & Examination PPL 02.00

8. Airframe And Aircraft System-Refreshment & Examination AAS 02.00

9. Instrument-Refreshment & Examination INS 03.00

10. Meteorology-Refreshment & Examination MET 02.00

11. Flight Planning-Refreshment & Examination FPL 03.00

12. Conduct Of Flight-Refreshment & Examination COF 02.00

13. Air Traffic Management-Refreshment & Examination ATM 03.00

TOTAL 32.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 66 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP ATR 24.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Cessna 172 SP type rating

STAGE SUBJECT CODE HOURS

GARMIN 1000 G 1000 16.00

*Additional for student who do not have a Garmin 1000 training

8.6.3.1 Aerodynamic
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

 Property of the Atmosphere

 Development of Aerodynamic Forces
 Force and Dimention of Aircraft
 Theories Lift, Drag& Angle of Attack
 Ground Effect
 Stalls & Spinning
1. 02.00
 Stability
 Aerodynamic forces in flight maneuvers
 Wingtip Vortices
 Basic propeller principles
 Moment and moment arm& Load Factor
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.6.3.2 Air law, Rules and Regulation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

INTRODUCTIONS

 Air Law and Rules Regulations with ICAO

a. CASR Part 1. Definitions and Abbreviations
CASR part 67: Medical Standards and Certification
1. 03.00
b. CASR Part 91:General Operating and Flight Rules.
CASR Part 121: Certification and Operating Requirement Domestic, Flag
and Supplemental Air Carrier

CASR Part 61: Licensing of Pilot and Flight Instructor.

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 67 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

c. CASR Part 135: Certification and Operating Requirement for Commuter

and Carter.
d. CASR Part 141: Certification and Operating Requirement for Pilot
Schools
e. CASR Part 830 Aircraft accident or incident report procedures.

AIR LAW

 International and National Laws

Written Test by Instructor

TOTAL HOURS 03.00

8.6.3.3 Radio Aids to Air Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS
Review For Radio Aid Navigation PPl to CPL Stage
Marker Beacon
 Basic Principle
 Airplane Equipment
ILS
 General
 Localizer
 Glide Slope
 Application
Radio Altimeter
 Principle of Operation
 Control & Instrument
1.  Use of Operation 03.00
RADAR
 Primary Radar
 Secondary Radar
 Radar & ATS
 Radar Surveillance Approach
 Weather Radar
 Precision Approach Radar
Introduction to Other Navigation Means
 GPS
 INS
GPWS and TCAS
Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 68 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.6.3.4 Principle Of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

 Atmosphere
 Theories in the production of lift
1. 02.00
 Airfoil design
 A third dimension
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.6.3.5 General Navigation

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

 Introduction to Navigation
 The Earth
 Introduction to Charts
 Navigation Computer I
 Navigation Computer II
 In-flight Navigation Procedures
1.  Practical Charts Exercises 03.00
 Aeronautical Charts
 Use of Radio Navigation
 Plotting position lines in flight
 Time
 Sunrise, Sunset and Twilight
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.6.3.6 Aircraft Performance Weight and Balance

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Importance of performance data;
 Structure of the atmosphere
 Atmospheric pressure 02.00
 Pressure altitude
 Density altitude
 Performance

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 69 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

 Performance speed
 Performance charts
 Climb requirement
 Weight control
 Balance, stability and center of gravity
 Determining loaded weight and CG
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.6.3.7 Power Plant

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Propellers (fixed pitch; controllable)
 Reciprocating airplane engine (construction features; principle of
operation – four stroke cycle; 02.00
 fuel system, including carburetors and fuel injectors; lubrication
system; ignition system; engine instruments; operating limitations)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

8.6.3.8 Airframe and Aircraft System

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Airplane hydraulic system (principle of hydraulics; use of
hydraulics in airplanes; construction features of simple airplane
hydraulic system; retractable landing gear and flap; malfunction
and remedial action)
 Airplane electrical system fundamental of electricity; operation of
airplane electrical power system units; electrically operated flight
02.00
instrument; retractable landing gear; wing flaps; leading edge
device and spoiler; fuses and circuit breaker; malfunction and
remedial action
 Maintenance requirement and appropriate record
 Airplane structures (construction feature flight control system;
rigging)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 70 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.6.3.9 Aircraft Instrument

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 Pitot static system and instrument (airspeed indicator, including
markings; altimeter and altitude encoder; vertical speed
indicator, anti-ice and de-ice system; malfunctions and remedial
actions).
03.00
 Vacuum system and instruments (altitude indicator; heading
indicator; turn and slip indicator).
 Magnetic compass (errors in the magnetic compass; use of the
magnetic compass)
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.6.3.10 Meteorology
NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
 The Atmosphere
 Temperatures
 Pressure & Pressure Systems
 Basic Altimetry
 Winds (moon soon wind, trade wind, global wind, ATCZ )
 Atmosphere Stability
02.00
 Clouds
 Visibility
 Fog Formation
 Thunderstorms
 Air mass
 Meteorological Services
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 71 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.6.3.11 Flight Planning

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.
FLIGHT PLAN FOR CROSS-COUNTRY

Navigation Plans
Fuel Plan
Radio Communication Navigation Aid
ATC FLIGHT PLAN

Types of Flight Plan

Completing the Flight Plan
Filling the Flight Plan 03.00
Adherence to Flight Plan
Closing Flight Plan
PRACTICAL EXERCISES IN-FLIGHT PLANNING

Charts Preparation
Navigation Flight Plan
Simple Fuel Plan
Radio Planning Practice
Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 03.00

8.6.3.12 Conduct of Flight

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1.  Route Guides Manual

 Aerodromes Manual
 Flight Preparation & Flight Plan
 In-Flight Procedures
 Emergency & Survival
 Passenger briefing
02.00
 Use of Oxygen
 Carriage of Dangerous Goods or Not carriage of Dangerous
Goods
 Flight Operation Manual
 Flight Safety
 Examination by Instructor

TOTAL 02.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 72 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.6.3.13 Air Traffic Management

NO SYLLABUS HOURS

1.  Definition of annex 10 volume 02

 Aeronautical mobile service – voice comm.
 Rt procedure
 Phrases
 Composisition of message
 Calling 03.00
 Subsequent rt communication
 Indication of transmitting frequency
 Test procedure (radio check)
 Communication failure
 Distress & urgency rt comm. Procedures

8.6.3.14 Aircraft Type Ratings Cessna 172 SP

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. POH Section 1 General 03.00

2. POH Section 2 Limitation 03.00

3. POH Section 3 Emergency Procedure 03.00

4. POH Section 4 Normal Procedure include Preflight action: 03.00

 information on runway lengths at airports of intended use,

data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements
 plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be completed
or delays are encountered

5. POH Section 5 Performance 03.00

6. POH Section 6 Weight and Balance 02.00

7. POH Section 7 Aircraft and System 03.00

8. POH Section 8 & 9 Handling, Service, Maintenance, and 02.00

Supplement
9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 24.00

Date:January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 73 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.6.3.15 Garmin 1000

NO. SYLLABUS HOURS

1. Display overview 02,00

2. Operational Basic 02,00

3. Flight Director / Autopilot 02,00

4. System Configuration 02,00

5. Flight Scenario 02,00

6. Expanded MFD (Multi-Function Display) 02,00

7. WAAS/Instrument Approach Procedure 02,00

8. System Component & Malfunction 02,00

9. Examination by Instructor 02.00

TOTAL 16.00

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 74 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.7 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS – FLIGHT TRAINING

TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE SYLLABUS

IR LICENSE ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT FLIGHT
TRAINING if SATISFIED: 8 Hours
FLIGHT TRAINING if UNSATISFIED: 13 Hours

8.7.1 Student Pilot Enrollment:

The prerequisites for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course:
d) Must have valid license from origin country of the student;
e) Must have valid indonesian medical certificate at least first class.
f) Must completed Ground Class Rating Training and test assessment
result (1 hour flight)

8.7.2 Flight Training course objectives

The student will obtain the aeronautical skill and experience necessary to
meet the requirements for endorsement/ conversion Foreign Pilot License
Course: with an airplane category rating.

8.7.3 Satisfied Flight Foreign Endorse Syllabus

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CURRICULUM

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 01.00

Radio Instrument RI 06.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 08.00

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 75 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

IR STAGE

IR NUMBER OF
HOURS
STAGE FLIGHT EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO

DFAM Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level

flight, Turn, Climb, Descend, Change 01,00
Familiarization of Airspeed, Flaps configuration,
Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern
Interception, Tracking, Homing,
STAR, SID, Entry Holding, Holding,
DRI 01 Radio Instrument Flying the Airways, Instrument 01,00
Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS,
Missed Approach, DME Arc.
Interception, Tracking, Homing,
STAR, SID, Entry Holding, Holding,
DRI 02 Radio Instrument 01,00
Flying the Airways, Instrument
Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed
Approach, DME Arc
DRI 03 Radio Instrument Interception, Tracking, Homing,
STAR, SID, Entry Holding, Holding,
01.00
Flying the Airways, Instrument
Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed
Approach, DME Arc
Interception, Tracking, Homing,
STAR, SID, Entry Holding, Holding,
DRI 04 Radio Instrument Flying the Airways, Instrument 01,00
Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS,
Missed Approach, DME Arc

Interception, Tracking, Homing,

STAR, SID, Entry Holding, Holding,
DRI 05 Radio Instrument 01,00
Flying the Airways, Instrument
Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed
Approach, DME Arc
DRI 06 Radio Instrument Interception, Tracking, Homing,
STAR, SID, Entry Holding, Holding,
01.00
Flying the Airways, Instrument
Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed
Approach, DME Arc
CX Check Ride
Review Area, Circuit and Emergency 01.00

08.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.
STAGE DFAM
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 76 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
DFAM PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure
Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 77 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.01
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI 01 turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 78 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.02
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit, rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DRI.02 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 79 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.03
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI.03 turning in both directions. 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 80 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.04
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI 04 turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 81 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.05
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit, rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DRI.05 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 82 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.06
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DRI.06 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments
Straight and level flight using visor or screen;
Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 83 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE CX
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium& Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
CX 01.00
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area & Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

Completion standards: The student must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver had
been teached properly.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 84 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.7.4 Unsatisfied Flight Foreign IR Syllabus

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE CURRICULUM

STAGE CODE FLIGHT HOURS

FI Familiarization FAM 02.00

General Instrument GI 10.00

Check ride CX 01.00

TOTAL 13.00

FLIGHT FOREIGN ENDORSE IR SYLLABUS

NUMBER
STAGE FLIGHT EXPERIENCE OF
HOURS

DFAM
01 Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level flight, Turn,
Familiarizatio 01,00
Climb, Descend, Change of Airspeed, Flaps
n configuration, Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern

DFAM
02 Basic VFR airwork, Straight & Level flight, Turn,
Familiarizatio 01,00
Climb, Descend, Change of Airspeed, Flaps
n configuration, Approaching to stall, Circuit Pattern

Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID,

Radio Entry Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways,
DRI 01 01,00
Instrument Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS,
Missed Approach, DME Arc

Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID,

Radio Entry Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways,
DRI 02 01,00
Instrument Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS,
Missed Approach, DME Arc

Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID, Entry

Radio
DRI 03 Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways, Instrument 01,00
Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed Approach,
DME Arc
DRI 04 Radio Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID, Entry 01.00
Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways, Instrument

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 85 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed Approach,

DME Arc
Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID, Entry
Radio
DRI 05 Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways, Instrument 01.00
Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed Approach,
DME Arc
Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID,
Radio Entry Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways,
DRI 06 01,00
Instrument Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS,
Missed Approach, DME Arc

Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID,

Radio Entry Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways,
DRI 07 01,00
Instrument Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS,
Missed Approach, DME Arc

Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID, Entry

Radio
DRI 08 Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways, Instrument 01,00
Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed Approach,
DME Arc
Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID, Entry
Radio
DRI 09 Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways, Instrument 01.00
Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed Approach,
DME Arc
Interception, Tracking, Homing, STAR, SID, Entry
Radio
DRI 10 Holding, Holding, Flying the Airways, Instrument 01.00
Instrument Approach VOR, ADF, and ILS, Missed Approach,
DME Arc

CX Check Ride Review Area, Circuit and Emergency 01.00

13.00

Note: After the student completed this course’s syllabus, he or she must conduct the
stage check ride with the examiner delegated by DGCA.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 86 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DFAM.01
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
 Collision avoidance/visual scan
 Aircraft V-speeds
DFAM INTRODUCTION
01  Engine starting 01,00
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check
Local Familiarizati0n Flight
Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

STAGE DFAM.02
Stage Objective: The student will be familiarized with the training airplane, its operating
characteristics, cabin controls, instruments, and system, preflight procedures, use of
checklist, and safety precautions to be followed. The student will by instructed in basic flight
maneuvers.
FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PREFLIGHT DISCUSSION
INTRODUCTION (PRELIGHT)
 Use of checklist
 Visual inspection
DFAM  Collision avoidance/visual scan
02 01,00
 Aircraft V-speeds
INTRODUCTION
 Engine starting
 Radio Communications
 Taxi and pre-takeoff check

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 87 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Local Familiarizati0n Flight

Cockpit Familiarization
General commentary on features of the aerodrome
and local area
Post Flight Procedure

Completion Standard: The students must be familiar with the relevant aircraft checklist and
should accomplish all flight maneuvers with instructor assistance.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 88 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.01
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI 01 turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 89 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.02
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit, rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DRI.02 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 90 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.03
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI.03 turning in both directions. 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.
STAGE DRI.04

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 91 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DRI.04 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 92 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.05
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI.05 turning in both directions. 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 93 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.06
Stage Objective: This lesson will consist of all emergency on training area with right pattern
for safe landing and introduce unusual conditions on training area.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI 06 turning in both directions.
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: The student can execute safe landing on safe place with
emergency procedure in case engine failure. And students can recovery aircraft when
experencing unusual conditions.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 94 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.07
Stage Objective: On this stage consist of emergency on circuit, rejected landing and go
around exercise.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
turning in both directions.
DRI.07 After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments, 01,00
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).
Gentle turns(Balance, use of rudder);

Completion Standards: Students can execute on the emergency procedure which make the
aircraft safe landing on safe place. And students can take decision continue or make miss
approach during approach.
Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 95 Issued 02
Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.08
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI.08 turning in both directions. 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 96 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.09
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI.09 turning in both directions. 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 97 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE DRI.10
Stage Objective: The student will introduce Basic instrument flight maneuvers with special
emphasis on improving performance in any weak areas in Additional confidence will be
gained dual operation.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL SOLO
PRE-FLIGHT DISCUSSION
REVIEW
 Practices Area
 Training area
 Standard rate turns
 VOR Tracking Orientation
 NDB Instrument Tracking & Homing
 Normal Circuit
 Standard Arrival

Basic control of aircraft with reference to instrument

only;
 Full panel.
Pre-flight checks;
 Importance of checks on instruments and
instrument power supplies,
 Check instruments whilst taxiing straight and
DRI.10 turning in both directions. 01,00
After take-off should transfer to climb on instruments,
initially to straight ahead, and turning onto heading
for instrument flying area;
When level in instrument area, use I/F visor other
vision-limiting device;
Stress relaxed hold on controls, to avoid loss of feel;
How to Procedure Homing with ADF or VOR
Practice gentle maneuvers, with small control
movements;
Demonstrate disorientation effects;
 Effect of abrupt rolls, yaws and pitching
movements,
 Effects of sudden head movements.
 Stress need for monitoring engine and system
instruments

Straight and level flight using visor or screen;

Attitude flying, using attitude indicator as primary
reference (Instrument scan).

Completion standards: Students must be able to aperate the aircraft on all manouver with
full instrument precisely.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 98 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

STAGE CX
Stage Objective: Basic Instrument Full, Limited Panel Manuevers and Compass Error,
maneuvers to enhance precision skill, adjustment and scanning. Practice other maneuvers
as directed by Flight Instructor.

FLIGHT HOURS
STAGE EXERCISE
DUAL MUTUAL
Pre - Flight Procedure

 Airmanship
 Reaction Toward Flight
 Air Discipline
 Mental Attitude
 Standard Rate Turn (ROT)
 Medium& Steep Turns
 Climbing & Descending Turns (Timing)
 Unusual Position
 Approach to Stall
CX 01.00
 Stall (Clean/Dirty)
 Stalls
 Slow Flight
 Basic Air work
 Cross Checking (Scanning)
 Engine Failure After T/O
 Emergency procedure Area & Circuit
 Limited panel
 Compass error
 All circuit and emergency exercise

Completion standards: The student must be able to operate the aircraft all manouver had
been teached properly.

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 99 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.8 LIST OF REFERENCE HANDBOOK

1. Airplane Flying Handbook – (FAA-H-8083-3A)

2. Aviation Weather for Pilot and Flight Operation (FAA AC-00-6A)
3. FAA-8083-25B PHAK Chapter 10 Aircraft Performance
4. FAA-8083-25B PHAK Chapter 9 Weight and Balance
5. FAA-H-8083-1A Aircraft Weight & Balance Handbook
6. FAA-H-8083-25B PHAK chapter 6 Aircraft Systems
7. Instrument Flying Handbook (FAA-H-8083-15A)
8. JAA ATPL Airframes And Systems
9. JAA ATPL Performance
10. Latest Annex 10
11. Latest Annex 13
12. Latest CASR part 141
13. Latest CASR part 61
14. Latest CASR part 61
15. Latest CASR part 67
16. Latest CASR part 830
17. Latest CASR part 91
18. Latest PANS-ATM (Doc 4444)
19. Pilot Handbook of Aeronautical Knowledge (FAA-H-8083-25)
20. POH Cessna 172 SP

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 100 Issued 02

Revision 04
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

8.9 SAMPLE QUESTIONAIRE

1 . What is aircraft registration in Indonesia?

A. PK
B. PH
C. PR

2 . Which one kind of prohibited area under Indonesian Regulation, except?

A. Istana negara
B. Ahmad Yani Airport
C. Iswahyudi Airport

3 .What is transtition layer on 135 degrees to the west?

A. 12000ft
B. 13000ft
C. 18000ft

4 . What is the minimum visibility for visual flight rules under CASR 91?
A. 4,8 km
B. 3 km
C. 3,8 km

5. etc...

Date: February 28th, 2020 Page: FOR 101 Issued 02

Revision 02
 CHAPTER 8
TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE ENDORSEMENT /
CONVERSION FOREIGN PILOT

THIS PAGE
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK

Date: January 4th, 2021 Page: FOR 102 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1
ANSWER SHEET EXAMINATION

AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA

Komplek Bandar Udara Banyuwangi
Jl. Agung Wilis, Desa Blimbingsari Kec. Rogojampi, Kabupaten
Banyuwangi 68462
Name: Venue:

Subject Date:

NO A B C D NO A B C D
1 26
2 27
3 28
4 29
5 30
6 31
7 32
8 33
9 34
10 35
11 36
12 37
13 38
14 39
15 40
16 41
17 42
18 43
19 44
20 45
21 46
22 47
23 48
24 49
25 50

TRUE ANSWER
EXAMINER
FALSE
NAME &
ANSWER
SIGNATURE
SCORE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 1 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

APPENDIX 2
STUDENT ATTENDANCE LIST

STUDENT ATTENDANCE LIST

AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA

Course Title : Date :

Subject : Hours :
Instructor : Venue :

NO STUDENT NAME ID SIGNATURE REMARK

10

11

12

13

14

15
Captain Course Instructor

-------------------------------------- --------------------------------------

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 2 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

APPENDIX 3
LEARNING ACTIVITY

LEARNING ACTIVITY
AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA

Subject : Hours :

Instructor : Number of student :

Signature Remarks
No.
No Date Subject Class
Student Instructor
Duty

08.00 – 09.30

10.00 – 11.30

13.00 – 14.30

14.45 – 16.15

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 3 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

APPENDIX 4
WRITTEN TEST RESULT

WRITTEN TEST RESULT

AKADEMI PENERBANG INDONESIA

Name : Training Period :

Training
: Certificate Number :
Course
NUMBER OF
NO CODE SUBJECT RESULT
HOURS

Note: Passing Grade on every examination Banyuwangi,………………….

is 70% CHIEF INSTRUCTOR

Average:

……………………………………….

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 4 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

APPENDIX 5
LIST OF INSTRUCTOR

A. LIST OF FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR SINGLE ENGINE (SE)

LICENCE
NO NAME INSTRUCTOR LEVEL
NUMBER

1 Capt. Ahmad Hariri ATPL 4319 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

2 Capt. Radika Vatarumata CPL 8136 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

3 Capt. Demmy Setyo Wiyono CPL 8137 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

4 Capt. Arya Yuda Prawira CPL 8144 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

5 Capt. Biyan Barlian CPL 8146 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

6 Capt. Imam Fadila Eka J CPL 8143 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

7 Capt. Binsar P. S. CPL-8536 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

8 Capt. Mahendra Bravo Kusuma CPL 8507 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

9 Capt. Chairustakmal CPL-9434 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

10 Capt. Moch. Ananditya CPL-9439 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

11 Capt. Satria Laksmana P. CPL-9441 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

12 Capt. Deri Hermawan CPL-9435 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

13 Capt. M. Arief Rakhman CPL-9437 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

14 Capt. Yusuf Artawisuda CPL-9444 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

15 Capt. Rifki Arif CPL-10002 PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

16 Capt. Dimas Hari Cahyo CPL-9994 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

17 Capt. Eka Harry P. CPL-9995 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

18 Capt. Febry Rahardi S. CPL-9996 CPL

19 Capt. Hendrio Endo M. CPL-9844 Pre-Solo, PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : APX 5 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

LICENCE
NO NAME INSTRUCTOR LEVEL
NUMBER

20 Capt. Rangga Maulana CPL-10189 PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

21 Capt. Reyno Islamy CPL-10515 PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

22 Capt. Ach Iqbal Al Haesy CPL 10507 PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

23 Capt. Fritz Yohanes W. CPL 16-0484 PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

24 Capt. Yoga Patrick R. M. CPL 16-0494 PPL, CPL, IR & FIC

25 Capt. Robby Muharomansyah, S.T CPL17-0520 CPL

26 Capt. Argavirga Mardhika, A.Ma CPL17-0517 CPL

27 Capt. Idris Cahyo Wibowo CPL17-0518 CPL

CPL 9008
28 Capt. Yasyfa Kawakibi CPL

CPL 9771
29 Capt. Dimas Kusuma Purwandaru CPL

CPL 17-0255
30 Capt. Karin Amanda CPL

CPL 17-0541
31 Capt. Edwin Arif Wibowo CPL

CPL 17-0344
32 Capt. Inton Cokronegoro CPL

CPL 5401
33 Capt. Stefanus Timonora Wahyu PPL, CPL & IR

CPL 5393
34 Capt. Bambang Ari Purbawa PPL, CPL & IR

CPL 5388
35 Capt. Yoyog Agik Setiadji PPL, CPL & IR

Date : September 3rd, 2021 Page : APX 6 Issued 02

Revision 06
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

B. LIST OF CHECK INSTRUCTOR

Nama Flight Instructor Keterangan

1. Capt. Ahmad hariri, st, s.sit, Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
m.si Test Check
2. Biyan Barlian, A.Ma Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
Test Check
3. Imam Fadila .J, A.Ma Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
Test Check
4. Radika Vatarutama, A.Ma Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
Test Check
5. Arya Yuda Prawira, A.Ma Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
Test Check
6. Demmy Setyo Wiyono, A.Ma Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
Test Check
7. Mahendra Bravo Kusuma, Prof. Check, Student Stage Check, & End of Course
A.Ma Test Check

Date : July 14th, 2020 Page : APX 7 Issued 02

Revision 03
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

C. LIST OF GROUND INSTRUCTOR SINGLE ENGINE (SE)

NO NAME SUBJECT
Air Traffic Management
Genny Luhung Prasojo, S.S.,
1 Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
M.M,
Radio Communicate Procedure
Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
Aircraft Type Rating
2 Capt. Ahmad hariri, st, s.sit, m.si
Principle of Flight
Aerodynamics
Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
Aircraft Type Rating
3 Ridho Rinaldi S.S., M.M,
Principle of Flight
Aerodynamics
4 Prasetyo Iswahyudi, S.T., M.M. Human Performance and Limitations
Air Traffic Management
5 Dani Chandra YP, A.md Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
Radio Communicate Procedure
6 I Gede Agus Purbawa, AhMG SP. Meteorology
Lesson Planning
7 Diah Utami Rahayu, S.Psi Classroom Training Technique
Student evaluation and Test
Air Traffic Management
8 Adolf Andrea Marantika, S.ST. Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
Radio Communicate Procedure
Lesson Planning
9 Ahmad Mubarok, SAP, MA Classroom Training Technique
Student evaluation and Test
Aerodynamic
10 Roby Muharomansyah, ST. Principle of Flight
Flight Planning
Air Traffic management
11 Agung Wahyu Wicaksono Radio Comm Procedure / Radio Telephony
Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
Aerodynamic
12 Dimas Hari Cahyo, S.SiT Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
Aircraft Instrument
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
13 Febri Rahardi Salim Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Powerplant
Powerplant
14 Putra Wicaksono, S.SiT Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Aircraft Type Rating
15 Rifki Arif, A.Md Principle of Flight
Human Performance Limitation
16 Rizki Ocsera Endrawati, A.ma Human Performance Limitation
Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 8 Issued 02
Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

Powerplant
Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Powerplant
17 Sabam Danny Sulung, S.SiT Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
18 Argavirga Mardhika, A.Ma General Navigation
Human Performance Limitation
Aerodynamic
19 Eka Harry Prasetyo, A.Ma Human Performance Limitation
Aircraft Type Rating
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
20 Idris Cahyo Wibowo General Navigation
Human Performance Limitation
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
General Navigation
21 Radika Vatarutama, A.Ma
Aerodynamic
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
22 Imam Fadila E.J, A.Ma
Flight Planning
Human Performance Limitation
Principle Of Flight
Aerodynamic
Flight Planning
23 Arya Yuda Prawira, A.Ma
Principle Of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
Human Performance Limitation
24 Biyan Barlian, A.Ma
Principle Of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
25 Binsar Parulian Sitompul, A.Ma Principle Of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
Human Performance Limitation
26 Demmy Setyo Wiyono, A.Ma
Principle Of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Airframe
27 Rahmatanto Imantiar, A.Ma Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Powerplant & aircraft System
Airframe
28 Rocmad Setiawan, A.Md
Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Dimas Dicky Fernando, A.Md. Airframe
29
Pnb Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Airframe
30 Marsel Rionaldo, A.Md
Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
31 M. Arief Rahman Principle of Flight

Date : July14th, 2020 Page : APX 9 Issued 02

Revision 03
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

Flight Planning
Aerodynamic
Principle of Flight
32 Chairustakmal Flight Planning
Aerodynamic
General Navigation
33 Yasyfa Kawakibi Flight Planning
Aerodynamic
Principle of Flight
34 Dimas Kusuma Purwandaru Human Performance Limitation
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
35 Capt. Wakhied Widyandhana Principle of flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
36 Mahendra Bravo Kusuma Flight Planning
Principle of Flight
Principle of Flight
37 Yusuf Arta wisuda Human Performance Limitation
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
38 Deri Hermawan Flight planning
Principle of Flight
Principle of Flight
39 Moch. Ananditya Patria Human Performance Limitation
Aerodynamic
Aerodynamic
40 Satria Laksmana Putra Flight planning
Principle of Flight
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
Human Performance Limitation
41 Handrio Endo Martono, S.H
Aerodynamic
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
42 Rangga Maulana Human Performance Limitation
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
43 Reyno Islamy Principle of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
44 Ach Iqbal Al Haesy Principle of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Airlaw Rules and Regulation
45 Fritz Yohanes W. Principle of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Human Performance Lim itation
46 Yoga Patrick R. M.
Principle of Flight

Date :July 14th, 2020 Page : APX 10 Issued 02

Revision 03
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

Flight planning
Aerodynamic
47 Karin Amanda Principle of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
48 Edwin Arif Wibowo Principle of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Aerodynamic
49 Inton Cokronegoro Principle of Flight
Aircraft Type Rating
Powerplant
50 Ekhel Tamayo Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Powerplant
51 Machda Pradana Putra Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Powerplant
52 Yosua Mangala Yuda Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Powerplant
53 Andhika Bagaspati Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Powerplant
54 Yogi Andrian Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
Powerplant
55 Fajar Haryanto Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Aircraft Instrument
56 Sintayu Dewi Ageng J.
Airframe
Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
57 Taufik Hidayat
Airframe
Aircraft Performance, Weight & Balance
Air Traffic Management
58 Suri Fikriansyah Radio Comm procedure / Radio Telephony
Airlaw, Rules and Regulation
59 Aerodynamic
Stefanus Timonora Wahyu Flight Planning
Principle of Flight
60 Aerodynamic
Bambang Ari Purbawa Flight Planning
Principle of Flight
61 Aerodynamic
Yoyog Agik Setiadji Flight Planning
Principle of Flight
62 Rusto K. TOEIC Preparation

Date : January 4th, 2021 Page : APX 11 Issued 02

Revision 04
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

PPL – GENERAL HANDLING
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-Flight:
a) Preparation for flight
1 b) Aeroplane knowledge
c) Inspection, checks, and engine starting
d) Taxiing and pre-takeoff procedures
Handling in Circuit:
a) Normal take-off
b) Circuit handling and procedures
c) Normal approach and landing
2 d) Short field take-off
e) Short field landing
f) Go around from low level
g) Low circuit (low visibility circuit),
h) Flapless
Manoeuvres:
a) Climb and descent turns
b) Standard rate turns
3
c) Steep and medium turns
d) Stall and recovery
e) Slow flight
Emergency Procedures:
a) Engine failure after take-off
b) Forced landing without power
4 c) Forced landing any altitude
d) Engine fire
e) Engine failure on downwind
f) Communication failure
Basic Instrument Flying:
a) Straight and level flight
5
b) Climb and descent turns
c) Standart rate turn
General:
a) Lookout
b) Airmanship checks
c) Engine and fuel handling
6
d) Aeroplane checklist
e) RTF procedures
f) Post flight procedures
g) Operation with aeroplane limits
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 12 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

PPL – VISUAL NAVIGATION SECTION
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Flight Preparation:
a) Weather and NOTAM Check;
1 b) Route planning and chart preparation;
c) Flight plan and flight log;
d) Knowledgeprocedures.
Departure Routine:
a) Organization of equipment
2 b) Inspection and checks
c) Start,taxy, and take-off
d) Set heading proedure
En-Route Procedure:
a) Visual navigation procedures
b) Flight log and RTF;
3
c) Airmanship;
d) Height, speed and heading control;
e) Diversion procedure
Turn Around At Destination:
a) Field approach praparation;
4 b) Circuit and landing;
c) Planning for return flight;
d) Fuelling and checks
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 13 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

PPL – NIGHT FLYING

AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Night circuits and landing:
a) Preparation for flight;
b) Inspection and checks;
c) Starting, taxiing, pre take-off checks;
d) Night take-off, initial climb;
e) Night circuit;
1 f) Landing with landing light;
g) Landing without landing light;
h) Landing without VASIS;
i) Go- around;
j) Knowedge of radio / electrical failures;
k) Knowledge of procedures following
engine failures.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 14 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

FINAL QUALIFYING TEST – PPL
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-flight :
a) Preparation for flight;
1 b) Aeroplane knowledge;
c) Inspection, check, and engine starting;
d) Taxiing and pre-takeoff procedures.
Handling in circuit:
a) Norrmal circuit;
b) Circuit handling and procedures;
c) Normal approach and landing;
2 d) Short field take-off;
e) Short field landing;
f) Go around from low level;
g) Low circuit ( low visibility circuit );
h) Flapless.
Manoeuvres:
a) Climb and descent;
b) Standard rate turns;
3
c) Steep and medium turns;
d) Stall and recovery;
e) Slow flight.
Emegency procedures:
a) Engine failure after take-off;
b) Forced landing without power;
4 c) Forced landing any altitude;
d) Engine fire;
e) Engine failure on downwind;
f) Communication failure.
Basic instrument flying:
a) Straight and level flight;
5
b) Climb and descent;
c) Standard rate turn.
General:
a) Lookout;
b) Airmanship check;
c) Engine and fuel handling;
6
d) Aeroplane checklist;
e) RTF procedures;
f) Post flight procedures;
g) Operation with aeroplane limits.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 15 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

CPL – BASIC INSTRUMENT FLYING
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-Flight:
a) Preparation for flight
1 b) Inspection and check;
c) Instrumentation – check and knowledge
d) Starting and taxiing.
Full Panel Instrument Flying:
a) Straight and level flight;
b) Climb and descent to specified height;
2 c) Medium turns, standard rate and 30
degrees bank;
d) Climbing and descending turns;
e) Steep turns, 45 degrees bank.
Limited Panel Instrument Flying:
a) Straight and level flight;
3 b) Climb and descent to specified height;
c) Turns onto specified heading;
d) Recovery from unusual attitude.
General Procedures:
a) Take-off and landing;
4 b) DI/Compass synchronization;
c) RTF phraseology and procedures;
d) Monitoring engine and fuel state.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 16 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

CPL – NIGHT FLYING
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Night circuits and landing:
a) Preparation for flight;
b) Inspection and checks;
c) Starting, taxiing, pre take-off checks;
d) Night take-off, initial climb;
e) Night circuit;
1 f) Landing with landing light;
g) Landing without landing light;
h) Landing without VASIS;
i) Go- around;
j) Knowedge of radio / electrical failures;
k) Knowledge of procedures following
engine failures.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 17 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

CPL – COMMERCIAL VISUAL NAVIGATION
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-Flight at base:
a) Use of briefing facilities;
b) Stage route, height and alternate
selection;
1
c) Flight planning and chart preparation;
d) Performance, mass and balance;
e) Equipment checks;
f) Aircraft inspections, checks, start and taxi.
Departure:
a) Passenger briefing;
b) Take-offs;
2
c) Climb,set heading,initial cruise
procedures;
d) RTF procedure for take-off and departure.
Navigation:
a) Map reading, visual fixes and bearing;
b) Radio navigation – use of ADF;
c) Radio navigation – use of VOR/DME;
3
d) General navigation proceduresand
accuracy;
e) Flight log keeping;
f) Diversion procedure.
General flight management:
a) Approach and landing;
4 b) Use of briefing facilities;
c) Flight planning;
d) Fueling and transit checks.
General flight management:
a) Flying accuracy;
5
b) Airmanship checks;
c) Commercial attitude.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 18 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

CPL – FINAL GENERAL HANDLING
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-flight:
a) Preparation for flight;
1 b) Aeroplane knowledge;
c) Inspections and checks;
d) Starting, taxiing and pre- takeoff checks.
General handling:
a) Normal manoeuvres;
b) Steep turns;
c) Stalling and recovery;
2
d) Forced and landing without power;
e) Precautionary search and landing;
f) Emergency drills;
g) Re-joining procedures.
Handling in circuit:
a) Normal take-off;
b) Cross wind take – off;
c) Engine failure after take-off;
d) Normal circuit;
3
e) Low-level circuit;
f) Normal approach and landing;
g) Cross-wind landing;
h) Short-wind landing;
i) Go around from low level.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 19 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

IR – ATTITUDE INSTRUMENT FLYING
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre flight:
a) Preparation for flight;
1 b) Inspection and checks;
c) Instrumentation – check and knowledge;
d) Starting and taxiing.
Precision exercise on instrument ( full
panel):
a) Medium turns, standard rate and 30
2 degrees bank;
b) Climbing and descending turns;
c) Steep turns,45 degrees bank;
d) Changing speed and configuration.
Limited panel instrument flying:
a) Climb and descent to specified height;
3 b) Turns on to specified heading;
c) Changing speed and configuration;
d) Recovery from unusal attitudes.
General procedures:
a) Take- off and landing;
4 b) DI/Compass synchronization;
c) RTF phraseology and procedures;
d) Monitoring engine and systems.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 20 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

IR – APPLIED PROCEDURES AND AIRWAYS NAVIGATION
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-flight and departure:
a) Route preparation and planning;
b) Aeroplane preflight and checks;
1 c) Starting and taxiing;
d) ATC clearance;
e) Take-off and initial climb;
f) Instrument departure.
Airways navigation:
a) Tracking ADF/VOR;
2 b) Flight log keeping;
c) Position reporting;
d) Instrument flying.
Holding:
a) Holding pattern entry;
b) Pattern procedures;
3
c) Height keeping;
d) Adjustment for wind;
e) Achievement of EAT.
ILS Approach:
a) Initial approach procedure;
b) Procedure turn;
4 c) Localizer and glide path intercept;
d) Final approach to DA/H;
e) Missed approach OR transition to visual
and land.
Non – precision approach:
a) Initial approach proedure;
b) Procedure turn;
5 c) Final approach tracking;
d) Timing and descent to MDA/H;
e) Missed approach OR transition visual and
land.
General procedure:
a) Airmanship checks;
b) General cockpit management;
6 c) RTF phraseology and
proceduresKnowledge;
d) Knowledge of IFR procedures;
e) Take-off and landing briefings.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 21 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

FINAL QUALIFYING TEST – CPL + IR
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-flight:
a) Dispatch activities;
1
b) Inspection and checks;
c) Starting and taxiing.
Circuit handling:
a) Normal take-off;
2 b) Normal circuit and landing;
c) Take-off with engine failure;
d) Landing with engine failure.
Navigation and IFR procedure:
a) Instrument departure;
b) Navigation and ADF/VOR tracking;
c) Holding;
3
d) Precision approach;
e) Non-precision approach;
f) Missed approach;
g) Circle to land procedure.
General airmanship and handling:
a) RTF and ATC procedures;
b) General airmanship;
4
c) Visual maneouvring;
d) General flight deck management;
e) Emergency procedures.
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 22 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR COURSE STAGE
AIRCRAFT
NAME : COURSE : :
TYPE & REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

NO ITEM A B C Remarks
01. Preflight procedure
02. Checklist / cockpit procedure
03. Take off : Normal
04. Take off : Precautionary
05. Circuit : Normal
06. Circuit : Short
07. Circuit : Low
08. Landing : Normal
09. Climbing and Climbing Turn
10. Descending and Descending Turn
11. Stall Power On/Off : Clean / Dirty
12. Slow flight, Straight & Descending Turn
HOODWORK : LIMITED PANEL
13. Standard Rate One Turn
14. Rate One Turn Climbing & Descending
15. Rate One Turn Slow Flight & Descending
16. Approaching Clean Stall & Dirty Stall
HOODWORK : FULL PANEL
17. Instrument Take-Off
18. Medium / Steep Turn
19. Force Landing Altitude (Emergency)
20. Recovery From Unusual Altitude
21. Scanning (Cross Checking)
INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS
22. Interception ADF / VOR / ILS
23. Holding Pattern ADF / VOR / ILS
24. Inbound Track & Outbound Track
25. Approach ADF / VOR / ILS
26. Circling Approach
27. Missed Approach
28. Coordination
29. Judgments
30 Airmanship
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 23 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR REFRESHER COURSE STAGE
AIRCRAFT
NAME : COURSE : :
TYPE & REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

NO ITEM A B C Remarks
01. Preflight procedure
02. Checklist / cockpit procedure
03. Take off : Normal
04. Take off : Precautionary
05. Circuit : Normal
06. Circuit : Short
07. Circuit : Low
08. Landing : Normal
09. Climbing and Climbing Turn
10. Descending and Descending Turn
11. Stall Power On/Off : Clean / Dirty
12. Slow flight, Straight & Descending Turn
HOODWORK : LIMITED PANEL
13. Standard Rate One Turn
14. Rate One Turn Climbing & Descending
15. Rate One Turn Slow Flight & Descending
16. Approaching Clean Stall & Dirty Stall
HOODWORK : FULL PANEL
17. Instrument Take-Off
18. Medium / Steep Turn
19. Force Landing Altitude (Emergency)
20. Recovery From Unusual Altitude
21. Scanning (Cross Checking)
INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS
22. Interception ADF / VOR / ILS
23. Holding Pattern ADF / VOR / ILS
24. Inbound Track & Outbound Track
25. Approach ADF / VOR / ILS
26. Circling Approach
27. Missed Approach
28. Coordination
29. Judgments
30 Airmanship
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 24 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

PILOT REFRESHER COURSE
AIRCRAFT
NAME : COURSE : :
TYPE & REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

NO ITEM A B C Remarks
01. Preflight procedure
02. Checklist / cockpit procedure
03. Take off : Normal
04. Take off : Precautionary
05. Circuit : Normal
06. Circuit : Short
07. Circuit : Low
08. Landing : Normal
09. Climbing and Climbing Turn
10. Descending and Descending Turn
11. Stall Power On/Off : Clean / Dirty
12. Slow flight, Straight & Descending Turn
HOODWORK : LIMITED PANEL
13. Standard Rate One Turn
14. Rate One Turn Climbing & Descending
15. Rate One Turn Slow Flight & Descending
16. Approaching Clean Stall & Dirty Stall
HOODWORK : FULL PANEL
17. Instrument Take-Off
18. Medium / Steep Turn
19. Force Landing Altitude (Emergency)
20. Recovery From Unusual Altitude
21. Scanning (Cross Checking)
INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS
22. Interception ADF / VOR / ILS
23. Holding Pattern ADF / VOR / ILS
24. Inbound Track & Outbound Track
25. Approach ADF / VOR / ILS
26. Circling Approach
27. Missed Approach
28. Coordination
29. Judgments
30 Airmanship
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 25 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

MILITARY ENDORSEMENT PILOT PPL
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-Flight:
a) Preparation for flight
1 b) Aeroplane knowledge
c) Inspection, checks, and engine starting
d) Taxiing and pre-takeoff procedures
Handling in Circuit:
a) Normal take-off
b) Circuit handling and procedures
c) Normal approach and landing
2 d) Short field take-off
e) Short field landing
f) Go around from low level
g) Low circuit (low visibility circuit),
h) Flapless
Manoeuvres:
a) Climb and descent turns
b) Standard rate turns
3
c) Steep and medium turns
d) Stall and recovery
e) Slow flight
Emergency Procedures:
a) Engine failure after take-off
b) Forced landing without power
4 c) Forced landing any altitude
d) Engine fire
e) Engine failure on downwind
f) Communication failure
Basic Instrument Flying:
a) Straight and level flight
5
b) Climb and descent turns
c) Standart rate turn
General:
a) Lookout
b) Airmanship checks
c) Engine and fuel handling
6
d) Aeroplane checklist
e) RTF procedures
f) Post flight procedures
g) Operation with aeroplane limits
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 26 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

MILITARY ENDORSEMENT PILOT CPL/IR
AIRCRAFT
NAME : COURSE : :
TYPE & REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

NO ITEM A B C Remarks
01. Preflight procedure
02. Checklist / cockpit procedure
03. Take off : Normal
04. Take off : Precautionary
05. Circuit : Normal
06. Circuit : Short
07. Circuit : Low
08. Landing : Normal
09. Climbing and Climbing Turn
10. Descending and Descending Turn
11. Stall Power On/Off : Clean / Dirty
12. Slow flight, Straight & Descending Turn
HOODWORK : LIMITED PANEL
13. Standard Rate One Turn
14. Rate One Turn Climbing & Descending
15. Rate One Turn Slow Flight & Descending
16. Approaching Clean Stall & Dirty Stall
HOODWORK : FULL PANEL
17. Instrument Take-Off
18. Medium / Steep Turn
19. Force Landing Altitude (Emergency)
20. Recovery From Unusual Altitude
21. Scanning (Cross Checking)
INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS
22. Interception ADF / VOR / ILS
23. Holding Pattern ADF / VOR / ILS
24. Inbound Track & Outbound Track
25. Approach ADF / VOR / ILS
26. Circling Approach
27. Missed Approach
28. Coordination
29. Judgments
30 Airmanship
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 27 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

ASSESSMENT ENDORSEMENT FOREIGN PILOT PPL
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-Flight:
a) Preparation for flight
1 b) Aeroplane knowledge
c) Inspection, checks, and engine starting
d) Taxiing and pre-takeoff procedures
Handling in Circuit:
a) Normal take-off
b) Circuit handling and procedures
c) Normal approach and landing
2 d) Short field take-off
e) Short field landing
f) Go around from low level
g) Low circuit (low visibility circuit),
h) Flapless
Manoeuvres:
a) Climb and descent turns
b) Standard rate turns
3
c) Steep and medium turns
d) Stall and recovery
e) Slow flight
Emergency Procedures:
a) Engine failure after take-off
b) Forced landing without power
4 c) Forced landing any altitude
d) Engine fire
e) Engine failure on downwind
f) Communication failure
Basic Instrument Flying:
a) Straight and level flight
5
b) Climb and descent turns
c) Standart rate turn
General:
a) Lookout
b) Airmanship checks
c) Engine and fuel handling
6
d) Aeroplane checklist
e) RTF procedures
f) Post flight procedures
g) Operation with aeroplane limits
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 28 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

ASSESMENT ENDORSMENT FOREIGN PILOT CPL/IR
AIRCRAFT
NAME : COURSE : :
TYPE & REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

NO ITEM A B C Remarks
01. Preflight procedure
02. Checklist / cockpit procedure
03. Take off : Normal
04. Take off : Precautionary
05. Circuit : Normal
06. Circuit : Short
07. Circuit : Low
08. Landing : Normal
09. Climbing and Climbing Turn
10. Descending and Descending Turn
11. Stall Power On/Off : Clean / Dirty
12. Slow flight, Straight & Descending Turn
HOODWORK : LIMITED PANEL
13. Standard Rate One Turn
14. Rate One Turn Climbing & Descending
15. Rate One Turn Slow Flight & Descending
16. Approaching Clean Stall & Dirty Stall
HOODWORK : FULL PANEL
17. Instrument Take-Off
18. Medium / Steep Turn
19. Force Landing Altitude (Emergency)
20. Recovery From Unusual Altitude
21. Scanning (Cross Checking)
INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS
22. Interception ADF / VOR / ILS
23. Holding Pattern ADF / VOR / ILS
24. Inbound Track & Outbound Track
25. Approach ADF / VOR / ILS
26. Circling Approach
27. Missed Approach
28. Coordination
29. Judgments
30 Airmanship
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 29 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

ENDORSEMENT FOREIGN PILOT PPL
AIRCRAFT TYPE &
NAME : COURSE : :
REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

Sec Exercise A B C Remarks

Pre-Flight:
a) Preparation for flight
1 b) Aeroplane knowledge
c) Inspection, checks, and engine starting
d) Taxiing and pre-takeoff procedures
Handling in Circuit:
a) Normal take-off
b) Circuit handling and procedures
c) Normal approach and landing
2 d) Short field take-off
e) Short field landing
f) Go around from low level
g) Low circuit (low visibility circuit),
h) Flapless
Manoeuvres:
a) Climb and descent turns
b) Standard rate turns
3
c) Steep and medium turns
d) Stall and recovery
e) Slow flight
Emergency Procedures:
a) Engine failure after take-off
b) Forced landing without power
4 c) Forced landing any altitude
d) Engine fire
e) Engine failure on downwind
f) Communication failure
Basic Instrument Flying:
a) Straight and level flight
5
b) Climb and descent turns
c) Standart rate turn
General:
a) Lookout
b) Airmanship checks
c) Engine and fuel handling
6
d) Aeroplane checklist
e) RTF procedures
f) Post flight procedures
g) Operation with aeroplane limits
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 30 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

FLIGHT TRAINING REPORT

ENDORSMENT FOREIGN PILOT CPL/IR
AIRCRAFT
NAME : COURSE : :
TYPE & REG
FLIGHT
DATE : : INSTRUCTOR :
TIME
TOTAL FLIGHT
PHASE : :
EXPERIENCE
DUAL : SOLO : NIGHT FLYING :

NO ITEM A B C Remarks
01. Preflight procedure
02. Checklist / cockpit procedure
03. Take off : Normal
04. Take off : Precautionary
05. Circuit : Normal
06. Circuit : Short
07. Circuit : Low
08. Landing : Normal
09. Climbing and Climbing Turn
10. Descending and Descending Turn
11. Stall Power On/Off : Clean / Dirty
12. Slow flight, Straight & Descending Turn
HOODWORK : LIMITED PANEL
13. Standard Rate One Turn
14. Rate One Turn Climbing & Descending
15. Rate One Turn Slow Flight & Descending
16. Approaching Clean Stall & Dirty Stall
HOODWORK : FULL PANEL
17. Instrument Take-Off
18. Medium / Steep Turn
19. Force Landing Altitude (Emergency)
20. Recovery From Unusual Altitude
21. Scanning (Cross Checking)
INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS
22. Interception ADF / VOR / ILS
23. Holding Pattern ADF / VOR / ILS
24. Inbound Track & Outbound Track
25. Approach ADF / VOR / ILS
26. Circling Approach
27. Missed Approach
28. Coordination
29. Judgments
30 Airmanship
STUDENT FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR
SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 31 Issued 02

Revision 02
 TRAINING COURSE OUTLINE APPENDIX

The first flight lesson will be followed through in order to best explain the proper
procedures the flight instructor shoud use:
1) During the flight lesson, the flight instructor should grade each
maneuver performed by the student. The grade, based on the grading
scale from a high of A to a low of C, should be written in the space
provided in the Flight Training Report or as known as Flight Comment
in skor column.
2) The flight lesson date and stage will then be recorded beside the
related Flight Lesson in the Flight Training Report..
3) During the post-flight briefing, the instructor can note any comments
he wishes to make in the comment section of the student’s flight log.
The date, model of aircraft, PK number of aircraft and engine
horsepower shoud be indicated in the appropriate space. The time
breakdown of the flight should be recorded in the related spaces in the
lower portion of the flight log, the time of the current flight and the
accumulated total time.
4) Flight instructor calculate the score, For A = 3, B = 2, C = 1.

5) When a student finishes training or will be graduated, the instructor

should average the grades and record the average on the Completion
Document Checklist Sheet.
6) The copy of the flight log will remain in the book for the student’s
record. The true file will be removed and placed in the Student Training
Record

Date : February 28th, 2020 Page : APX 32 Issued 02

Revision 02